Home  / Interlinears (Beta)  / Codex Sinaiticus  / Mark  / Chapter 6 
            
            
            Mark, Chapter 6 
            Interlinear version from Codex Sinaiticus (Beta) 
            
                    
                
                
            
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
                
                    G2532 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Conjunction, Adverb
                    Sounds like:  kahee
                    Translations:  and, also, even, but, then
                    Notes:  ΚΑΙ is a very common conjunction in Koine Greek, primarily meaning 'and' to connect words, phrases, or clauses. It can also function as an adverb, emphasizing a word or phrase with meanings like 'also' or 'even'. In some contexts, it can introduce a contrast, similar to 'but', or indicate sequence, meaning 'then'.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    
                    Etymology:  The word ΚΑΙ is an ancient particle, tracing its origins back to Proto-Indo-European. It has remained remarkably stable in form and function throughout the history of the Greek language.
                 
                
                    G1831 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ex-EEL-then
                    Translations:  he went out, she went out, it went out, went out
                    Notes:  This word is a verb meaning 'to go out', 'to come out', or 'to depart'. It is used to describe someone or something moving from an inside location to an outside one, or from one place to another. It is often used in narratives to indicate a character's movement.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Indicative, Active, 3rd Person Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΑΠΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΕΚΒΑΙΝΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G1564 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adverb
                    Sounds like:  eh-KEE-then
                    Translations:  from there, thence, from that place
                    Notes:  This word is an adverb meaning 'from there' or 'thence'. It indicates movement or origin from a specific place previously mentioned or understood in the context. It is often used to describe someone leaving a location or something originating from it. The provided word 'ΕΚΙΘΕ' is a common misspelling or a variant spelling of 'ΕΚΕΙΘΕΝ' (ekeithen) due to the absence of the final 'N' (nu), which was sometimes omitted in ancient manuscripts.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΕΚΕΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G2064 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ER-khe-tai
                    Translations:  he comes, she comes, it comes, he goes, she goes, it goes, is coming, is going, will come, will go
                    Notes:  This word is a common verb of motion, meaning 'to come' or 'to go'. It describes the action of moving towards or away from a place or person. It is often used to indicate arrival or departure, or the occurrence of an event.
                    Inflection:  3rd Person, Singular, Present Tense, Indicative Mood, Middle/Passive Voice (deponent, meaning it has an active sense)
                    Synonyms:  ΕΛΘΕΙΝ, ΙΕΝΑΙ, ΒΑΙΝΕΙΝ
                    
                 
                
                    G1519, G1520 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Preposition, Numeral
                    Sounds like:  EES
                    Translations:  into, to, for, toward, among, in, a, an, one
                    Notes:  As a preposition, ΕΙΣ (eis) indicates motion or direction towards a place, person, or purpose, often translated as 'into,' 'to,' or 'for.' It always takes the accusative case. For example, 'into the house' or 'to God.' It can also be used to express purpose or result. As a numeral, ΕΙΣ (heis) means 'one' and is the masculine nominative singular form, often translated as 'a,' 'an,' or 'one.'
                    Inflection:  Preposition: Does not inflect. Numeral: Masculine, Nominative, Singular (other forms exist for other genders and cases).
                    Synonyms:  ΠΡΟΣ, ΕΝ
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European *en-s, an extended form of the preposition *en (in).
                 
                
                    G3588 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Article
                    Sounds like:  TAYN
                    Translations:  the
                    Notes:  This word is a scribal abbreviation for ΤΗΝ (TĒN), which is the definite article 'the'. It is used to specify a noun that is already known or has been previously mentioned. As an article, it always precedes the noun it modifies and agrees with it in gender, number, and case. In this form, it is used with feminine singular nouns in the accusative case.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Feminine
                    
                    Etymology:  The Greek definite article derives from a demonstrative pronoun in Proto-Indo-European. It evolved to function as a definite article, specifying nouns.
                 
                
                    G3968 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  PAH-tree-dah
                    Translations:  homeland, a homeland, fatherland, a fatherland, native country, a native country
                    Notes:  This word refers to one's homeland, fatherland, or native country. It is used to denote the place of one's birth or origin, often carrying a sense of belonging or national identity. In a sentence, it would typically be used to refer to the country or region someone comes from or belongs to.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΓΕΝΕΣΙΣ, ΓΕΝΕΑ
                    
                 
                
                    G0846 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Pronoun
                    Sounds like:  ow-TOO
                    Translations:  of him, of it, his, its, of himself, of itself, himself, itself
                    Notes:  This word is a pronoun that can function as a personal pronoun, a possessive pronoun, or an intensive/reflexive pronoun. In the genitive case, as seen here, it typically means 'of him' or 'of it' when referring to a third person, or 'his' or 'its' to indicate possession. It can also be used for emphasis, meaning 'himself' or 'itself', especially when preceding the noun it modifies.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Masculine or Neuter
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G0190 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ah-koh-loo-THOO-sin
                    Translations:  they follow, they accompany, they go along with, they attend
                    Notes:  This word describes the action of following, accompanying, or going along with someone or something. It implies a close association or adherence, often in the sense of discipleship or attendance. It is used to indicate that a group of people are performing the action of following.
                    Inflection:  Present, Active, Indicative, 3rd Person, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΕΠΑΚΟΛΟΥΘΕΩ, ΣΥΝΑΚΟΛΟΥΘΕΩ
                    Etymology:  From the prefix 'α-' (a-, 'together with') and 'κελευθος' (keleuthos, 'a way, a path'). Thus, literally 'to be on the same path' or 'to go along the same way'.
                 
                
                    G0846 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Pronoun, Adjective
                    Sounds like:  ow-TOH
                    Translations:  (to) him, (to) her, (to) it, (to) them, (for) him, (for) her, (for) it, (for) them, himself, herself, itself, themselves, the same
                    Notes:  This word is a personal pronoun that can also function as an adjective. In its pronominal use, it typically means 'him', 'her', 'it', or 'them', depending on the gender and number. When used intensively, it can mean 'himself', 'herself', 'itself', or 'themselves', emphasizing the subject. As an adjective, it means 'the same'. The form ΑΥΤΩ is in the dative case, indicating the indirect object of an action, often translated with 'to' or 'for'.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Dative, Masculine or Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΕΚΕΙΝΟΣ, ΟΥΤΟΣ
                    Etymology:  The word ΑΥΤΟΣ is of uncertain origin, possibly from a demonstrative pronominal stem. It is a fundamental pronoun in Greek, used across various dialects and periods.
                 
                
                    G3588 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Definite Article, Pronoun, Interjection
                    Sounds like:  OY
                    Translations:  the, who, they, oh
                    Notes:  ΟΙ is primarily the masculine plural nominative form of the definite article, meaning 'the'. It is used to specify a group of masculine nouns that are the subject of a sentence. It can also function as a demonstrative pronoun, meaning 'these' or 'they', referring to a group of people or things previously mentioned. Less commonly, it can be an interjection, similar to 'oh' or 'alas'.
                    Inflection:  Masculine, Plural, Nominative
                    
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European, related to demonstrative pronouns and articles in other Indo-European languages.
                 
                
                    G3101 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  mah-thay-TAI
                    Translations:  disciples, students, learners
                    Notes:  This word refers to disciples, students, or learners. In the New Testament, it commonly refers to the followers of Jesus, who are learning from his teachings and example. It can also be used more broadly to describe anyone who is a pupil or adherent of a particular teacher or philosophy.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Nominative, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΜΑΘΟΝΤΕΣ, ΜΑΘΗΤΕΥΟΜΕΝΟΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G1096 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  geh-no-MEH-noo
                    Translations:  having become, having come to pass, of having become, of having come to pass
                    Notes:  This word is a participle derived from the verb 'γίνομαι' (ginomai), meaning 'to become,' 'to come into being,' 'to happen,' or 'to be born.' As a genitive singular participle, it often indicates a causal or temporal relationship, meaning 'of one who has become' or 'when something has happened.' It describes an action that has already taken place and is often used to modify a noun in the genitive case.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Middle Voice, Participle, Masculine or Neuter, Singular, Genitive
                    Synonyms:  ΕΓΕΝΕΤΟ, ΣΥΜΒΑΙΝΩ, ΑΠΟΒΑΙΝΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G4521 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  sahb-BAH-too
                    Translations:  (of) Sabbath, (of) a Sabbath
                    Notes:  This word refers to the Sabbath, which is a day of rest and worship, observed by Jews from Friday sunset to Saturday sunset. In the New Testament, it often refers to the seventh day of the week. The genitive form 'ΣΑΒΒΑΤΟΥ' indicates possession or relationship, often translated as 'of the Sabbath' or 'belonging to the Sabbath'. It is used to specify a time or event in relation to the Sabbath day.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Neuter
                    
                    Etymology:  The word 'ΣΑΒΒΑΤΟΝ' is of Hebrew origin, derived from the Hebrew word 'šabbāṯ' (שַׁבָּת), meaning 'rest' or 'cessation'. It entered Greek through the Septuagint, the Koine Greek translation of the Hebrew Bible.
                 
                
                    G0756 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  EER-xah-toh
                    Translations:  began, started, commenced
                    Notes:  This is the aorist middle/passive indicative form of the verb 'archomai' (to begin). It signifies an action that began in the past, often used to introduce the start of an event or a series of actions. It can also mean 'to rule' or 'to be first', but in this form, it almost exclusively means 'to begin'.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Indicative, Middle/Passive, 3rd Person, Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΕΝΑΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΚΑΤΑΡΧΟΜΑΙ
                    Etymology:  From the Greek word 'archē' (ἀρχή), meaning 'beginning' or 'rule'.
                 
                
                    G1321 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  dee-DAS-kane
                    Translations:  to teach, to instruct, to explain
                    Notes:  This word means to teach, instruct, or explain. It is used to describe the act of imparting knowledge, skill, or doctrine to others. It can refer to formal teaching in a classroom setting or more general instruction and guidance.
                    Inflection:  Present, Active, Infinitive
                    Synonyms:  ΜΑΝΘΑΝΩ, ΠΑΙΔΕΥΩ, ΚΑΤΗΧΕΩ
                    Etymology:  From an iterative form of δάω (daō, "to learn").
                 
                
                    G1722 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Preposition
                    Sounds like:  EN
                    Translations:  in, on, among, with, by, at, into, to
                    Notes:  This word is a common preposition in Koine Greek. Its primary meaning is 'in' or 'within,' indicating location, time, or state. It always takes the dative case. Depending on the context, it can also be translated as 'on,' 'among,' 'with' (indicating accompaniment or instrument), 'by' (indicating means or agent), or 'at.' Sometimes it can imply motion into a place, similar to 'into' or 'to,' especially when the context suggests movement towards a location where something then resides.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European *en, meaning 'in' or 'into'. It is cognate with English 'in'.
                 
                
                    G3588 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Definite Article, Pronoun
                    Sounds like:  TAY
                    Translations:  to the, for the, by the, with the, in the, who, which
                    Notes:  This word is the dative singular feminine form of the definite article, meaning 'to the', 'for the', 'by the', 'with the', or 'in the' when used with a feminine noun in the dative case. It can also function as a relative pronoun, meaning 'who' or 'which', referring to a feminine antecedent. It is used to specify a particular feminine noun or to introduce a relative clause.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Dative, Feminine
                    
                    Etymology:  The Greek definite article derives from Proto-Indo-European demonstrative pronouns. It developed from an earlier demonstrative pronoun in Ancient Greek.
                 
                
                    G4864 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  soon-ah-go-GAY
                    Translations:  assembly, a gathering, congregation, synagogue, a synagogue
                    Notes:  This word refers to a gathering or assembly of people, often for religious purposes. It can also specifically denote a synagogue, which was a place of assembly for Jewish worship and instruction. It is a compound word formed from 'σύν' (together with) and 'ἄγω' (to lead, to bring).
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Accusative, or Vocative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΕΚΚΛΗΣΙΑ, ΣΥΝΕΔΡΙΟΝ, ΟΧΛΟΣ
                    Etymology:  From the Greek verb 'συνάγω' (synago), meaning 'to bring together' or 'to assemble'. This verb is formed from 'σύν' (syn), meaning 'with' or 'together', and 'ἄγω' (ago), meaning 'to lead' or 'to bring'.
                 
                
                    G4183 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective
                    Sounds like:  pol-LOY
                    Translations:  many, much, a lot of
                    Notes:  This word is an adjective meaning 'many' or 'much'. It is used to describe a large quantity or number of something. For example, it can be used to say 'many people' or 'much time'. It often appears in the plural form to indicate a multitude.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Nominative, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΙΚΑΝΟΙ, ΠΛΕΙΟΝΕΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G191 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Participle
                    Sounds like:  ah-KOO-on-tes
                    Translations:  hearing, those who hear, listening, those who listen, understanding, those who understand
                    Notes:  This word is a present active participle derived from the verb 'ΑΚΟΥΩ' (akouō), meaning 'to hear' or 'to listen'. As a participle, it functions like an adjective or adverb, describing an action that is ongoing. It can be translated as 'hearing' or 'those who hear/are hearing', depending on the context. It implies an active process of receiving sound or information, and can also extend to understanding or paying attention.
                    Inflection:  Present, Active, Participle, Nominative, Masculine, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΠΡΟΣΕΧΟΝΤΕΣ, ΕΝΩΤΙΖΟΜΕΝΟΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G1607 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ex-e-PLESS-son-to
                    Translations:  they were astonished, they were amazed, they were astounded
                    Notes:  This word describes a state of being greatly astonished, amazed, or astounded, often to the point of being overwhelmed or struck with wonder. It implies a strong emotional reaction to something unexpected or remarkable. It is a compound word formed from 'ἐκ' (ek), meaning 'out of' or 'from', and 'πλήσσω' (plēssō), meaning 'to strike' or 'to smite'. Thus, it literally means 'to strike out' or 'to strike with astonishment'.
                    Inflection:  Imperfect, Indicative, Middle/Passive, Third Person, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΘΑΥΜΑΖΩ, ΕΚΣΤΑΤΙΚΟΣ
                    Etymology:  The word ΕΚΠΛΗΣΣΩ (ekplēssō) is derived from the preposition ἐκ (ek), meaning 'out of' or 'from', and the verb πλήσσω (plēssō), meaning 'to strike' or 'to smite'. It conveys the idea of being 'struck out' of one's senses by an overwhelming emotion.
                 
                
                    G3004 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Participle
                    Sounds like:  leh-GON-tes
                    Translations:  saying, speaking, telling
                    Notes:  This is the present active participle of the verb 'to say' or 'to speak'. It describes an ongoing action of speaking or saying something, often functioning adverbially to describe how an action is performed, or adjectivally to describe those who are speaking.
                    Inflection:  Present Active Participle, Nominative, Masculine, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΛΑΛΟΥΝΤΕΣ, ΦΩΝΟΥΝΤΕΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G4226 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adverb
                    Sounds like:  PO-then
                    Translations:  from where, whence, from what source
                    Notes:  This adverb is used to inquire about the origin, source, or place from which something comes. It can be translated as 'from where' or 'whence'. It is often used in interrogative sentences to ask about the starting point of an action or state.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΠΟΙ, ΟΠΟΥ
                    Etymology:  From the pronominal stem *po- (related to interrogative pronouns) and the suffix -θεν indicating origin or source.
                 
                
                    G3778 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Demonstrative Pronoun
                    Sounds like:  TOO-toh
                    Translations:  (to) this, (for) this, (by) this, (in) this, (with) this
                    Notes:  This word is a demonstrative pronoun meaning 'this' or 'that'. In its dative singular form, as 'ΤΟΥΤΩ', it indicates the indirect object of an action, or the means, instrument, or location. It can be translated as 'to this', 'for this', 'by this', 'in this', or 'with this', depending on the context. It points to something specific that is near or recently mentioned.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Dative, Masculine or Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΟΔΕ, ΕΚΕΙΝΟΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G3778 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Demonstrative Pronoun, Demonstrative Adjective
                    Sounds like:  TOW-tah
                    Translations:  these, these things
                    Notes:  This word is a demonstrative pronoun or adjective, meaning 'these' or 'these things'. It refers to something previously mentioned or understood from the context, pointing it out specifically. As a pronoun, it stands in place of a noun, while as an adjective, it modifies a noun.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative
                    Synonyms:  ΟΔΕ, ΕΚΕΙΝΟΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G3956 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective
                    Sounds like:  PAN-ta
                    Translations:  all, every, everything, all things
                    Notes:  This word means 'all' or 'every'. In its plural neuter form, as seen here, it often translates to 'all things' or 'everything'. It is used to indicate totality or universality, referring to a complete set or collection of items or concepts.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative or Vocative
                    Synonyms:  ΟΛΟΣ, ΑΠΑΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G5101 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Interrogative Pronoun, Indefinite Pronoun, Interrogative Adjective
                    Sounds like:  TEES
                    Translations:  who, what, which, what kind of, someone, something, anyone, anything, a certain one, a certain thing
                    Notes:  ΤΙΣ is a versatile pronoun and adjective in Koine Greek. As an interrogative, it asks 'who?', 'what?', or 'which?'. As an indefinite, it means 'someone', 'something', 'anyone', or 'anything', often implying an unspecified person or thing. Its meaning depends heavily on context and whether it has an accent.
                    Inflection:  Singular or Plural, Masculine, Feminine, or Neuter, Nominative, Genitive, Dative, or Accusative. It is a highly inflected word.
                    
                    Etymology:  The word ΤΙΣ is an ancient Greek word, tracing its origins back to Proto-Indo-European roots. It has cognates in many other Indo-European languages, indicating its long history and fundamental role in language.
                 
                
                    G3588, G3739, G2228 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Definite Article, Relative Pronoun, Conjunction, Interjection
                    Sounds like:  AY
                    Translations:  the, who, which, or, oh, ah
                    Notes:  This word is most commonly used as the definite article 'the' in Koine Greek, specifically as the feminine nominative singular form (e.g., 'the cry') or the neuter nominative/accusative plural form. It can also function as a relative pronoun meaning 'who' or 'which' (feminine nominative singular). Additionally, it can be a conjunction meaning 'or' or an interjection expressing surprise or emotion, similar to 'oh' or 'ah'. Its meaning is highly dependent on context.
                    Inflection:  Feminine, Nominative, Singular (Definite Article or Relative Pronoun); Neuter, Nominative or Accusative, Plural (Definite Article); Does not inflect (Conjunction or Interjection)
                    
                    Etymology:  The Greek definite article and related forms derive from a Proto-Indo-European demonstrative pronoun. The conjunction and interjection forms have separate, though related, origins within Proto-Indo-European.
                 
                
                    G4678 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  so-FEE-ah
                    Translations:  wisdom, a wisdom
                    Notes:  This word refers to wisdom, which is the quality of having experience, knowledge, and good judgment. It often implies practical insight and skill in living, or divine wisdom. It is used as a feminine noun in sentences.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΣΥΝΕΣΙΣ, ΓΝΩΣΙΣ, ΦΡΟΝΗΣΙΣ
                    Etymology:  From an ancient root meaning 'skill' or 'cleverness', evolving to mean 'wisdom' or 'prudence'.
                 
                
                    G1325 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  doh-THEE-sah
                    Translations:  having given, having granted, having put, having placed
                    Notes:  This word is an Aorist Active Participle, feminine, nominative singular, derived from the verb 'δίδωμι' (didomi), meaning 'to give' or 'to grant'. As a participle, it describes an action that occurred prior to the main verb, functioning adjectivally or adverbially. It signifies 'she who has given' or 'having given' (referring to a feminine subject). It can also mean 'having put' or 'having placed' depending on the context.
                    Inflection:  Aorist Active Participle, Singular, Nominative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΔΟΥΣΑ, ΔΩΣΑ
                    
                 
                
                    
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Definite Article, Relative Pronoun, Interjection, Prefix, Numeral
                    Sounds like:  AI
                    Translations:  the, who, which, alas, oh, 11
                    Notes:  The word 'ΑΙ' can function in several ways in Koine Greek. Most commonly, it is the feminine nominative plural form of the definite article, meaning 'the' (referring to multiple feminine nouns). It can also be the feminine nominative plural form of the relative pronoun, meaning 'who' or 'which'. Less frequently, it can be an interjection expressing sorrow or pain, similar to 'alas' or 'oh'. It can also appear as a prefix in compound words. Additionally, 'ΑΙ' can represent the number 11 when used as a numerical symbol (alpha-iota). It is also possible for 'ΑΙ' to be an elision or contraction of other words, such as 'ἀεί' (always) or 'ἄγε' (come on!), though this is less common in the New Testament.
                    Inflection:  Feminine, Nominative, Plural (for article and pronoun); Does not inflect (for interjection, prefix, and numeral)
                    
                    Etymology:  The origin of 'ΑΙ' as a definite article and relative pronoun is from Proto-Indo-European. Its use as an interjection is onomatopoeic.
                 
                
                    G1411 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  DOO-nah-mees
                    Translations:  power, might, strength, ability, miracle, a power, a miracle
                    Notes:  This word refers to inherent power, ability, or strength, often implying a capacity for action or accomplishment. It can describe physical strength, moral power, or even miraculous power, especially when referring to divine power or acts of God. It is frequently used in the New Testament to denote the supernatural power of God or the Holy Spirit, or the power demonstrated through miracles.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΕΞΟΥΣΙΑ, ΙΣΧΥΣ, ΚΡΑΤΟΣ
                    Etymology:  From δύναμαι (dynamai, "to be able, to have power"), which is of uncertain origin.
                 
                
                    G5108 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective
                    Sounds like:  toy-OW-tah-ee
                    Translations:  such, such a kind, such as these
                    Notes:  This word is a demonstrative adjective meaning 'such' or 'of such a kind'. It is used to refer to something that has been previously mentioned or is understood from the context, indicating its nature or quality. It functions similarly to 'these' or 'those' but emphasizes the quality or type rather than just the identity.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Nominative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΟΙΟΣ, ΤΟΣΟΥΤΟΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G1223 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Preposition
                    Sounds like:  dee-AH
                    Translations:  through, by, by means of, on account of, because of, for the sake of
                    Notes:  This word is a preposition that can take two different cases, which changes its meaning. When used with the genitive case, it means 'through' or 'by means of', indicating the instrument or agency by which something is done. When used with the accusative case, it means 'on account of', 'because of', or 'for the sake of', indicating the cause or reason for something.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΕΚ, ΕΝΕΚΑ
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'through' or 'apart'.
                 
                
                    G3588 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Definite Article
                    Sounds like:  TOH
                    Translations:  to the, for the, by the, with the, in the
                    Notes:  ΤΩ is the dative singular form of the definite article 'the'. It indicates the indirect object of a verb or the means/instrument by which an action is performed. It can also be used to indicate location or association, often translated with prepositions like 'to', 'for', 'by', 'with', or 'in'.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Dative, Masculine or Neuter
                    
                    
                 
                
                    
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Proper Noun
                    Sounds like:  KHEH-ee-rohn
                    Translations:  Chiron
                    Notes:  Chiron is a proper noun referring to a centaur in Greek mythology, renowned for his wisdom, knowledge of medicine, and teaching abilities. He was a tutor to many Greek heroes, including Achilles, Asclepius, and Heracles.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Masculine
                    
                    Etymology:  The name Chiron is of Greek origin, possibly related to the Greek word 'χείρ' (cheir), meaning 'hand', which could allude to his skill in healing or his manual dexterity.
                 
                
                    G1096 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Participle
                    Sounds like:  ghee-NO-meh-nai
                    Translations:  becoming, happening, being made, coming into being, being born, being produced, things that are happening
                    Notes:  This word is a participle derived from the verb 'γίνομαι' (ginomai), meaning 'to become,' 'to happen,' 'to be made,' or 'to come into being.' As a participle, it describes an action or state as if it were an adjective, often translated as 'becoming,' 'happening,' or 'being made.' It refers to things or people that are in the process of coming into existence or undergoing a change.
                    Inflection:  Present, Middle/Passive Voice, Feminine, Plural, Nominative or Vocative
                    Synonyms:  ΓΕΝΟΜΕΝΑΙ, ΕΡΧΟΜΕΝΑΙ, ΣΥΜΒΑΙΝΟΥΣΑΙ
                    Etymology:  The word 'γίνομαι' (ginomai) comes from the Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'to come into being' or 'to be born.' It is related to words in other Indo-European languages that convey ideas of generation, birth, or becoming.
                 
                
                    G3756 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adverb
                    Sounds like:  OOKH
                    Translations:  no, not, never, by no means
                    Notes:  This word is a negative adverb used to express absolute negation. It is typically used before a vowel with a rough breathing mark (like 'ουχί' or 'οὐχ') or before a consonant with a smooth breathing mark (like 'οὐκ'). It denies a statement or fact, indicating that something is not true or does not exist. It can be used to negate verbs, adjectives, or other adverbs.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΟΥ, ΟΥΚ
                    Etymology:  This word is derived from the Proto-Indo-European root *h₂u- meaning 'not'. It is an ancient Greek negative particle.
                 
                
                    G3778 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Pronoun, Adjective
                    Sounds like:  OO-tos
                    Translations:  this, that, he, she, it, these, those, this one, that one
                    Notes:  This word is a demonstrative pronoun, meaning 'this' or 'that'. It is used to point out something or someone that is near, or has just been mentioned. It can function as a substantive (e.g., 'he', 'she', 'it', 'this one') or as an adjective modifying a noun (e.g., 'this man', 'these things'). It often refers to something immediately present or recently discussed in the discourse.
                    Inflection:  Masculine, Nominative, Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΕΚΕΙΝΟΣ, ΟΔΕ
                    Etymology:  The word ΟΥΤΟΣ is of uncertain origin, but it is thought to be an ancient demonstrative pronoun in Greek, possibly related to other Indo-European demonstratives.
                 
                
                    G2076 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ES-tin
                    Translations:  is, he is, she is, it is, there is, exists
                    Notes:  This word is a form of the verb 'to be' in Koine Greek. It indicates existence, identity, or a state of being. It is commonly used to link a subject to a predicate, describing what the subject is or what state it is in. For example, it can mean 'he is' or 'it is', depending on the context.
                    Inflection:  Third person, Singular, Present, Indicative, Active
                    Synonyms:  ΥΠΑΡΧΩ, ΓΙΝΟΜΑΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G3588 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Definite Article, Relative Pronoun, Letter
                    Sounds like:  OH
                    Translations:  the, who, which, O
                    Notes:  Ο is primarily the masculine singular nominative form of the definite article 'the'. It is used to specify a noun, similar to 'the' in English. It can also function as a relative pronoun, meaning 'who' or 'which', introducing a relative clause. Additionally, 'Ο' is the fifteenth letter of the Greek alphabet, Omicron, which corresponds to the short 'o' sound.
                    Inflection:  Masculine, Singular, Nominative (for the article/relative pronoun); Does not inflect (for the letter)
                    
                    Etymology:  The definite article 'Ο' derives from Proto-Indo-European. The letter 'Ο' (Omicron) is derived from the Phoenician letter 'ayin'.
                 
                
                    G5079 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  TEK-tone
                    Translations:  carpenter, craftsman, artisan, builder, a carpenter, a craftsman, an artisan, a builder
                    Notes:  This word refers to a craftsman or artisan, particularly one who works with wood, such as a carpenter or builder. It can also refer more broadly to any skilled worker or artisan, including those who work with other materials like metal. It is used to describe someone who constructs or creates things.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΔΗΜΙΟΥΡΓΟΣ, ΕΡΓΑΤΗΣ
                    Etymology:  The word ΤΕΚΤΩΝ comes from an ancient root meaning 'to build' or 'to fabricate'. It is related to words in other Indo-European languages that refer to construction or craftsmanship.
                 
                
                    G5207 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  HEE-os
                    Translations:  Son, a Son
                    Notes:  This is a nomina sacra, a scribal abbreviation for ΥΙΟΣ (huios), meaning "son". It refers to a male offspring or a descendant. In a broader sense, it can also refer to someone who is a follower or a spiritual heir, or even a person characterized by a certain quality.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΤΕΚΝΟΝ, ΠΑΙΣ
                    Etymology:  The etymology of ΥΙΟΣ is uncertain, possibly deriving from a root related to the idea of 'coming forth' or 'being born'.
                 
                
                    G3588 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Definite Article
                    Sounds like:  THAYS
                    Translations:  of the
                    Notes:  ΤΗΣ is the genitive, singular, feminine form of the definite article 'the'. It is used to indicate possession, origin, or relationship for feminine singular nouns. For example, 'the house of the woman' would use ΤΗΣ for 'of the woman'. It functions similarly to 'of the' in English.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Feminine
                    
                    Etymology:  The Greek definite article 'Ο' (of which ΤΗΣ is an inflection) derives from a Proto-Indo-European demonstrative pronoun root. It evolved to function as a definite article in ancient Greek, marking nouns as specific or previously mentioned.
                 
                
                    G3137 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Proper Noun
                    Sounds like:  mah-REE-ahs
                    Translations:  (of) Mary
                    Notes:  This is a proper noun, the genitive singular form of the name Mary. It is used to indicate possession or origin, meaning 'of Mary' or 'belonging to Mary'. This name is very common in the New Testament, referring to several different women, most notably Mary, the mother of Jesus, and Mary Magdalene.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Feminine
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G0080 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  ah-DEL-fos
                    Translations:  brother, a brother, fellow believer, countryman, kinsman
                    Notes:  This word refers primarily to a male sibling, a brother. However, in a broader sense, it can also denote a fellow human being, a countryman, a kinsman, or, especially in a religious context, a fellow believer or disciple. It is commonly used to address or refer to members of a community or group who share a common bond.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΑΔΕΛΦΟΤΗΣ, ΣΥΝΤΕΚΝΟΣ
                    Etymology:  From the prefix 'α-' (a-) meaning 'together' and 'δελφύς' (delphys) meaning 'womb'. Thus, it literally means 'from the same womb', referring to siblings.
                 
                
                    G2385 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Proper Noun
                    Sounds like:  ee-ah-KO-boo
                    Translations:  of Jacob, of James
                    Notes:  This word is a proper noun, referring to the biblical figure Jacob, or in the New Testament context, James. It is used to indicate possession or origin, similar to saying 'belonging to Jacob' or 'from James'. For example, 'the brother of James' or 'the house of Jacob'.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Masculine
                    
                    Etymology:  The name is of Hebrew origin, from the Hebrew name Ya'aqov (יַעֲקֹב), meaning 'supplanter' or 'heel-grabber'. It entered Greek through the Septuagint and was widely used in the New Testament.
                 
                
                    G2501 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Proper Noun
                    Sounds like:  ee-oh-SEF
                    Translations:  Joseph
                    Notes:  This is a proper noun, referring to the biblical name Joseph. It is used to identify individuals named Joseph, such as Joseph, the husband of Mary, or Joseph of Arimathea. As a proper noun, it does not typically change meaning based on context.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Masculine, Nominative or Accusative or Genitive or Dative
                    
                    Etymology:  The name Joseph is of Hebrew origin, derived from the Hebrew name Yosef, meaning 'He will add' or 'God will increase'. It is a common name in the Old and New Testaments.
                 
                
                    G2448 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Proper Noun
                    Sounds like:  ee-oo-DAH
                    Translations:  of Judas, Judas, Jude
                    Notes:  This is a proper noun referring to the name Judas or Jude. It is a common name in the Bible, notably associated with Judas Iscariot, one of the twelve apostles who betrayed Jesus, and also with Jude, the brother of Jesus and author of the New Testament epistle of Jude. It can also refer to the region of Judea.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive or Vocative, Masculine
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G4613 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Proper Noun
                    Sounds like:  see-MOH-nos
                    Translations:  of Simon, Simon's
                    Notes:  This is the genitive singular form of the proper noun 'Simon'. It is used to indicate possession or origin, similar to how 'of Simon' or 'Simon's' is used in English. For example, it could refer to 'the house of Simon' or 'Simon's brother'.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Masculine
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G3756 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adverb, Particle
                    Sounds like:  OOK
                    Translations:  not, no
                    Notes:  This word is a negative particle used to express negation. It typically precedes a word beginning with a vowel or is used at the end of a clause. It is used to deny a fact or to express a strong prohibition. It is often used with verbs to negate their action, meaning 'not' or 'no'.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΟΥ, ΟΥΧΙ
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European. It is a primary negative particle in Ancient Greek, related to similar negative particles in other Indo-European languages.
                 
                
                    G1510 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  EYE-seen
                    Translations:  they are, are
                    Notes:  This word is a form of the verb 'to be'. It means 'they are' or simply 'are', indicating existence or a state of being for a plural subject. It can be used to link a subject to a predicate, such as 'they are good' or to state the existence of something, as in 'there are many people'.
                    Inflection:  Third Person, Plural, Present, Indicative, Active
                    Synonyms:  ΥΠΑΡΧΟΥΣΙΝ, ΓΙΝΟΝΤΑΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G0080 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  ah-del-FAI
                    Translations:  sisters, the sisters
                    Notes:  This word refers to female siblings, or more broadly, to female members of a community or group who share a common bond, similar to how 'brothers' can refer to male members of a group. It is used in the plural form to denote multiple sisters.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Nominative, Feminine
                    
                    Etymology:  From the Greek word ἀδελφός (adelphos), meaning 'brother', which is a compound of 'a' (copulative prefix, meaning 'together') and 'delphys' (womb). Thus, it literally means 'from the same womb'.
                 
                
                    G5602 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adverb
                    Sounds like:  OH-deh
                    Translations:  here, hither, in this place, to this place
                    Notes:  This word is an adverb indicating location or direction, meaning 'here' or 'to this place'. It is used to point to a specific location or to indicate movement towards the speaker or a particular spot. For example, it can be used in commands like 'Come here!' or to state that something is located 'here'.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΕΝΘΑΔΕ, ΕΝΤΑΥΘΑ
                    Etymology:  From the demonstrative stem *ho- (this) and the locative suffix -de. It indicates proximity to the speaker.
                 
                
                    G4314 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Preposition
                    Sounds like:  PROSS
                    Translations:  to, toward, with, against, for, at, near, by, in relation to
                    Notes:  This is a common and versatile preposition in Koine Greek. It indicates direction, relation, or purpose, and its precise meaning often depends on the case of the noun it governs. For example, with the accusative case, it typically means 'to' or 'toward' (indicating motion or direction), 'against' (indicating opposition), or 'in relation to'. With the genitive case, it can mean 'from' (indicating origin or source) or 'in the presence of'. With the dative case, it can mean 'at' or 'near' (indicating proximity). It is used to express a wide range of relationships between actions, objects, and people.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect, but governs various cases (accusative, genitive, dative).
                    Synonyms:  ΕΙΣ, ΕΠΙ, ΠΑΡΑ
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'forward, toward'. It is related to other words indicating movement or direction.
                 
                
                    G2249 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Pronoun
                    Sounds like:  HAY-mas
                    Translations:  us
                    Notes:  This word is the first-person plural pronoun 'we' in the accusative case. It is used to indicate the direct object of a verb or the object of certain prepositions, meaning 'us'. For example, 'He saw us' or 'They spoke to us'.
                    Inflection:  First-person, Plural, Accusative
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G4624 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  es-kan-da-LID-zon-toh
                    Translations:  they were offended, they were caused to stumble, they were scandalized
                    Notes:  This word describes the state of being offended, caused to stumble, or scandalized. It implies a moral or spiritual falling away, often due to an obstacle or temptation. In ancient Greek, a 'skandalon' was originally a trap or a stumbling block, and the verb form means to place such a trap or to cause someone to fall into it. Therefore, 'ΕΣΚΑΝΔΑΛΙΖΟΝΤΟ' means that a group of people were experiencing this state of being offended or caused to stumble.
                    Inflection:  Imperfect Indicative, Middle/Passive Voice, Third Person Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΠΡΟΣΚΟΠΤΩ, ΠΤΩΜΑ
                    
                 
                
                    G3004 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  EH-leh-gen
                    Translations:  he was saying, he said, he spoke, he was speaking
                    Notes:  This word is an inflected form of the verb 'λεγω' (lego), meaning 'to say' or 'to speak'. It describes an ongoing or repeated action of speaking in the past, or a simple past action. It is often used to introduce direct speech or to describe what someone was in the habit of saying.
                    Inflection:  Imperfect Indicative, Active, Third Person Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΛΑΛΕΩ, ΦΗΜΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G0846 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Pronoun
                    Sounds like:  ow-TOYS
                    Translations:  (to) them, (for) them, (to) themselves, (for) themselves
                    Notes:  This word is the dative plural form of the pronoun 'ΑΥΤΟΣ' (autos). It can mean 'to them' or 'for them' when referring to a third person plural, or 'to themselves' or 'for themselves' when used reflexively. It indicates the indirect object of a verb or the recipient of an action, and can apply to masculine, feminine, or neuter nouns.
                    Inflection:  Dative, Plural, Masculine or Feminine or Neuter
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G2424 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Proper Noun
                    Sounds like:  ee-ay-SOOS
                    Translations:  Jesus
                    Notes:  This word is a nomina sacra, a sacred abbreviation for ἸΗΣΟΥΣ (Iesous), meaning 'Jesus'. It refers to Jesus of Nazareth, the central figure of Christianity. It is used as the subject of a sentence or when directly naming Jesus.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Masculine
                    
                    Etymology:  The name 'Jesus' is the Greek form of the Hebrew name 'Yeshua' (Joshua), meaning 'Yahweh is salvation' or 'Yahweh saves'. It was a common name in the first century.
                 
                
                    G3754 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Conjunction, Relative Pronoun
                    Sounds like:  OH-tee
                    Translations:  that, because, for, since, how, what, which
                    Notes:  ΟΤΙ is a versatile word in Koine Greek, primarily functioning as a conjunction meaning 'that', 'because', 'for', or 'since'. It can introduce a clause explaining a reason or consequence, or it can introduce direct speech, similar to how quotation marks function in English. It can also act as a relative pronoun meaning 'what' or 'which'.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΔΙΟΤΙ, ΕΠΕΙ, ΓΑΡ
                    Etymology:  The word ΟΤΙ is derived from the neuter accusative singular of the relative pronoun ὅστις (hostis), meaning 'whoever, whatever'. Over time, it evolved to function primarily as a conjunction.
                 
                
                    G4396 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  pro-FEE-tays
                    Translations:  prophet, a prophet
                    Notes:  A prophet is a person who speaks for God, often delivering divine messages, interpreting God's will, or foretelling future events. They are seen as inspired by God to communicate His word to humanity.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΜΑΝΤΙΣ, ΘΕΟΠΝΕΥΣΤΟΣ
                    Etymology:  From Ancient Greek προφήτης (prophḗtēs), from πρό (pró, “before”) + φημί (phēmí, “to speak”). It literally means 'one who speaks forth' or 'one who speaks for'.
                 
                
                    G0820 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective
                    Sounds like:  AH-tee-mos
                    Translations:  dishonored, without honor, despised, ignoble, without value, a dishonored person
                    Notes:  This adjective describes someone or something that is without honor, disgraced, or held in low esteem. It can also refer to something that is considered worthless or of no value. It is used to indicate a state of disrepute or a lack of social standing.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Masculine or Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΑΔΟΞΟΣ, ΑΤΙΜΙΑ
                    Etymology:  From the Greek prefix 'a-' (meaning 'not' or 'without') and 'time' (meaning 'honor' or 'value'). It literally means 'without honor'.
                 
                
                    G1487, G1488 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Conjunction, Verb
                    Sounds like:  AY
                    Translations:  if, whether, that, if indeed, if then, you are, be
                    Notes:  This word has two primary uses in Koine Greek. Most commonly, it functions as a conditional particle meaning 'if', introducing a condition or a question. It can also be the second person singular present indicative active form of the verb 'to be', meaning 'you are' or 'be'. The context of the sentence determines which meaning is intended.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect (as a conjunction); Second Person, Singular, Present, Indicative, Active (as a verb)
                    Synonyms:  ΕΑΝ, ΕΙΠΕΡ, ΕΣΤΙΝ
                    Etymology:  The conjunction 'εἰ' comes from a Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'if' or 'whether'. The verb form 'εἰ' comes from the Proto-Indo-European root for 'to be'.
                 
                
                    G3361 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Particle, Adverb
                    Sounds like:  MAY
                    Translations:  not, lest, no, do not
                    Notes:  ΜΗ is a negative particle used in Koine Greek to express a subjective negation. It is typically used with non-indicative moods (like the subjunctive, imperative, infinitive, or participle) to express prohibition, a condition, or a denial of something that is wished for or imagined. For example, it is used in commands like 'do not do this' or in clauses expressing fear or purpose, such as 'lest something happen'. It contrasts with 'οὐ' (ou), which negates objective facts.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    
                    Etymology:  The word ΜΗ comes from Proto-Indo-European. It is an ancient negative particle that has been present in various forms across Indo-European languages.
                 
                
                    G3968 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  PA-tree-dee
                    Translations:  (to) homeland, (to) native land, (to) country, (to) a homeland, (to) a native land, (to) a country
                    Notes:  This word refers to one's homeland, native country, or ancestral land. It is used to describe the place where one was born or where their family originated. In the provided examples, it is used in the dative case, indicating 'to the homeland' or 'in the homeland'.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Dative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΓΗ, ΧΩΡΑ
                    
                 
                
                    G1438 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Reflexive Pronoun
                    Sounds like:  eh-ah-TOO
                    Translations:  (of) himself, (of) herself, (of) itself, (of) themselves
                    Notes:  This word is a reflexive pronoun, meaning it refers back to the subject of the sentence. It indicates that the action of the verb is directed back to the one performing it. For example, 'he washed himself'. It is a compound word formed from the personal pronoun 'αὐτός' (autos) and the reflexive pronoun 'ἑαυτοῦ' (heautou).
                    Inflection:  Genitive, Singular, Masculine or Neuter. It can also be used for Feminine or Plural contexts, though the specific form 'ΕΑΥΤΟΥ' is genitive singular masculine/neuter.
                    
                    Etymology:  From the combination of the personal pronoun 'αὐτός' (autos, 'self') and the reflexive pronoun 'ἑαυτοῦ' (heautou, 'of self').
                 
                
                    G2398 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective, Adverb
                    Sounds like:  EE-dee-ah
                    Translations:  one's own, private, peculiar, personal, individually, privately, separately, apart
                    Notes:  This word can function as an adjective meaning 'one's own,' 'private,' or 'peculiar,' referring to something belonging to a specific person or group. It can also function as an adverb meaning 'privately,' 'separately,' or 'individually.' As an adjective, it agrees in gender, number, and case with the noun it modifies. As an adverb, it describes how an action is performed.
                    Inflection:  Feminine, Nominative, Singular; Feminine, Accusative, Plural; Neuter, Nominative, Plural; Neuter, Accusative, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΑΥΤΟΥ, ΜΟΝΟΣ, ΞΕΧΩΡΙΣΤΑ
                    Etymology:  From the Proto-Indo-European root *swe- (reflexive pronoun), meaning 'self.' It developed in Greek to refer to what is 'one's own' or 'private.'
                 
                
                    G3588 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Definite Article
                    Sounds like:  toys
                    Translations:  to the, for the, the
                    Notes:  ΤΟΙΣ is the dative plural form of the definite article in Koine Greek. It functions similarly to 'the' in English, but specifically indicates the indirect object or the recipient of an action, or location/instrument when used with a dative noun. It can be used with masculine, feminine, or neuter nouns in the plural.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Dative, All genders
                    
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European. It is a demonstrative pronoun that evolved into the definite article in Greek.
                 
                
                    G4773 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  soon-GEN-eh-sin
                    Translations:  kinship, relationship, kindred, family, relatives
                    Notes:  This word refers to the state of being related by birth or origin, or the relationship itself. It can also denote a group of people who are related, such as a family or kindred. It is often used to describe a close connection or affinity.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΣΥΓΓΕΝΕΙΑ, ΓΕΝΟΣ, ΣΥΓΓΕΝΗΣ
                    
                 
                
                    
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Letter, Numeral, Particle
                    Sounds like:  EP-see-lon (as a letter name), eh (as a sound)
                    Translations:  E, 5, if, then, indeed
                    Notes:  This is the fifth letter of the Greek alphabet, epsilon. It can represent the number 5. As a standalone word, 'Ε' is not typically found in Koine Greek texts. It is highly probable that 'Ε' in the provided context is a typographical error or an abbreviation for a word like 'εἰ' (if) or 'ἐν' (in). If it were 'εἰ', it would function as a conditional particle meaning 'if'. If it were 'ἐν', it would be a preposition meaning 'in' or 'among'.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect (as a letter or numeral). As a particle, it does not inflect.
                    
                    Etymology:  The letter Epsilon (Ε) is derived from the Phoenician letter He. Its name 'epsilon' means 'simple E' to distinguish it from the diphthong 'αι' (ai), which had come to be pronounced the same way.
                 
                
                    G3614 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  oy-KEE-ah
                    Translations:  house, a house, household, home, family, dwelling
                    Notes:  This word refers to a house or dwelling place. It can also extend in meaning to refer to the people living in a house, thus a household or family. It is commonly used to describe a physical building, but also the social unit residing within it.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΟΙΚΟΣ, ΟΙΚΗΜΑ, ΚΑΤΟΙΚΙΑ
                    Etymology:  From the root ΟΙΚΟΣ (oikos), meaning 'house'.
                 
                
                    G1410 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ee-DY-nah-toh
                    Translations:  was able, could, had power, was strong enough
                    Notes:  This word is the imperfect indicative middle/passive form of the verb 'δύναμαι' (dynamai), meaning 'to be able' or 'to have power'. It describes an ongoing or repeated ability or capacity in the past. It is often used to express what someone 'could' or 'was able' to do, or 'had the power' to do. It can also imply a state of being strong enough for something.
                    Inflection:  Imperfect, Indicative, Middle or Passive, Third Person, Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΙΣΧΥΩ, ΕΞΕΣΤΙ
                    Etymology:  The verb 'δύναμαι' (dynamai) comes from the noun 'δύναμις' (dynamis), meaning 'power' or 'ability'. It is related to the concept of inherent strength or capacity.
                 
                
                    G1563 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adverb
                    Sounds like:  eh-KEH-ee
                    Translations:  there, in that place, to that place
                    Notes:  This word is an adverb of place, meaning 'there' or 'in that place'. It indicates a location distinct from the speaker's current position. It can also imply movement 'to that place'.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΕΝΘΑΔΕ, ΕΝΤΑΥΘΑ
                    Etymology:  From the demonstrative pronoun ἐκεῖνος (ekeinos), meaning 'that one'.
                 
                
                    G4160 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  poy-AY-sah-ee
                    Translations:  to make, to do, to create, to perform, to produce, to bring about
                    Notes:  This word is the aorist active infinitive form of the verb 'to make' or 'to do'. It expresses the action of making, doing, creating, or performing something. As an infinitive, it functions like a verbal noun, often used after other verbs or prepositions to indicate purpose or result.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Infinitive
                    Synonyms:  ΕΡΓΑΖΟΜΑΙ, ΠΡΑΤΤΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G3762 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective
                    Sounds like:  oo-de-MEE-an
                    Translations:  no, not one, none, not any
                    Notes:  This word is an adjective meaning 'no', 'not one', or 'none'. It is used to negate a noun, indicating the complete absence of something. For example, it might be used in a sentence like 'there is no hope' or 'they had no rest'. It is a compound word formed from ΟΥΔΕ (not even, neither) and ΕΙΣ (one).
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΟΥΔΕΝ, ΜΗΔΕΙΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G1411 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  DY-na-mee
                    Translations:  power, a power, strength, ability, force, miracle, a miracle
                    Notes:  This word refers to inherent power, strength, or ability. It can also denote miraculous power or a specific miracle. It is often used to describe divine power or the power of God, as well as human capability or military force. In the provided context, it appears in the accusative case, indicating it is the direct object of a verb.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΕΞΟΥΣΙΑ, ΙΣΧΥΣ, ΚΡΑΤΟΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G3641 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective
                    Sounds like:  oh-LEE-goys
                    Translations:  to few, to a few, with few, with a few, by few, by a few
                    Notes:  This word is an adjective meaning 'few' or 'little'. In this inflected form, it indicates the dative plural, meaning it refers to 'to/for/with/by few' people or things. It is used to describe a small number or quantity of something.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Dative, Masculine, Feminine, or Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΒΡΑΧΥΣ, ΕΛΑΧΙΣΤΟΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G0732 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective, Noun
                    Sounds like:  ar-RHO-stoys
                    Translations:  to the sick, for the sick, to the weak, for the weak, to the infirm, for the infirm
                    Notes:  This word is the dative plural form of the adjective/noun 'ΑΡΡΩΣΤΟΣ' (arrhostos), meaning 'sick,' 'weak,' or 'infirm.' As a dative plural, it indicates the indirect object of an action, often translated as 'to the sick' or 'for the sick.' It refers to individuals who are physically unwell or lacking strength.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Dative, Masculine or Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΑΣΘΕΝΕΣΙΝ, ΚΑΚΩΣ ΕΧΟΥΣΙΝ
                    
                 
                
                    G2007 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  eh-pee-THEYS
                    Translations:  having laid upon, having placed upon, having put upon, having imposed
                    Notes:  This word is the masculine or feminine nominative singular form of the aorist active participle of the verb 'epitithēmi'. It describes an action that has been completed in the past, indicating someone who has performed the act of laying, placing, or imposing something upon another. It functions adjectivally or adverbially, modifying a noun or describing the manner of an action.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Masculine or Feminine, Aorist Active Participle
                    Synonyms:  ΤΙΘΗΜΙ, ΕΠΙΒΑΛΛΩ
                    Etymology:  The word 'epitithēmi' is a compound verb formed from the preposition 'epi' (upon, on) and the verb 'tithēmi' (to put, place). It literally means 'to put upon' or 'to place on'.
                 
                
                    G3588 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Definite Article
                    Sounds like:  TAS
                    Translations:  the
                    Notes:  ΤΑΣ is the definite article 'the' in Koine Greek. It is used to specify a particular noun, similar to 'the' in English. This specific form is used when the noun it modifies is feminine, plural, and in the accusative case, indicating the direct object of a verb or the object of certain prepositions.
                    Inflection:  Feminine, Plural, Accusative
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G5495 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  KHEI-ras
                    Translations:  hands, a hand
                    Notes:  This is an inflected form of the Koine Greek noun 'χείρ' (cheir), meaning 'hand'. In this form, 'ΧΙΡΑΣ' typically functions as the accusative plural, referring to multiple hands as the direct object of a verb. It can also, less commonly, be interpreted as the nominative or accusative singular form of a first declension noun, but given the root 'χείρ', the accusative plural is the most common and appropriate interpretation.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Accusative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΔΕΞΙΑ, ΠΑΛΑΜΗ
                    
                 
                
                    G2323 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  eh-theh-rah-PEV-sen
                    Translations:  he healed, she healed, it healed, he cured, she cured, it cured
                    Notes:  This word is a verb meaning 'to heal' or 'to cure'. It describes the act of restoring health or making someone well. It is typically used to describe a past action performed by a singular subject (he, she, or it).
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Indicative, Active, Third Person Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΙΑΟΜΑΙ, ΣΩΖΩ
                    Etymology:  The word ΘΕΡΑΠΕΥΩ (therapeuō) comes from the noun ΘΕΡΑΠΩΝ (therapōn), meaning 'attendant' or 'servant'. Over time, it evolved to mean 'to serve' or 'to care for', and then specifically 'to care for the sick', leading to its meaning 'to heal'.
                 
                
                    G2296 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  eh-THAV-mah-seh
                    Translations:  he marveled, he wondered, he was amazed, he was astonished
                    Notes:  This word describes an action of marveling, wondering, or being amazed. It is used to express a strong feeling of surprise, admiration, or astonishment at something remarkable or unexpected. It typically refers to a past action completed at a specific point in time.
                    Inflection:  Third Person Singular, Aorist, Active, Indicative
                    Synonyms:  ΕΚΠΛΗΣΣΩ, ΘΑΜΒΕΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G3588 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Definite Article
                    Sounds like:  TANE
                    Translations:  the
                    Notes:  ΤΗΝ is the feminine singular accusative form of the definite article 'the'. It is used to specify a noun that is feminine in gender, singular in number, and in the accusative case, indicating it is the direct object of a verb or the object of certain prepositions. For example, it would be used before a feminine singular noun like 'πόλιν' (city) when 'city' is the direct object.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Feminine
                    
                    Etymology:  The Koine Greek definite article derives from Proto-Indo-European demonstrative pronouns. It evolved from an earlier demonstrative particle, becoming a grammatical marker for definiteness.
                 
                
                    G0570 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  ah-pis-TEE-ah
                    Translations:  unbelief, a lack of faith, faithlessness, distrust
                    Notes:  This noun refers to a state of unbelief or a lack of faith. It describes a condition where one does not trust or believe, often in a spiritual or moral sense. It can also imply a sense of distrust or unfaithfulness.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΑΠΕΙΘΕΙΑ, ΔΥΣΠΙΣΤΙΑ
                    Etymology:  This word is a compound of the Greek negative prefix 'α-' (a-, meaning 'not' or 'without') and 'πιστια' (pistia), meaning 'faith' or 'trust'. Thus, it literally means 'without faith'.
                 
                
                    G0846 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Pronoun
                    Sounds like:  ow-TON
                    Translations:  of them, their, their own
                    Notes:  This word is a personal pronoun in the genitive plural. It can be translated as 'of them' or 'their', indicating possession or origin. It is often used reflexively, meaning 'their own' or 'of themselves', referring back to the subject of the sentence.
                    Inflection:  Genitive, Plural, All genders
                    Synonyms:  ΣΦΩΝ, ΕΑΥΤΩΝ
                    
                 
                
                    G4013 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  peh-ree-AY-gen
                    Translations:  went about, went around, traveled through, led around
                    Notes:  This word is a compound verb formed from the preposition περί (peri), meaning 'around' or 'about', and the verb ἄγω (ago), meaning 'to lead' or 'to bring'. Together, it means to lead or bring around, or to go about/around a place. It describes the action of moving from place to place within a certain area, often with a purpose such as teaching or preaching.
                    Inflection:  Imperfect, Active, Indicative, 3rd Person, Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΔΙΑΓΩ, ΟΔΕΥΩ, ΠΟΡΕΥΟΜΑΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G2968 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  KOH-mas
                    Translations:  villages, a village
                    Notes:  This word refers to villages or small towns, typically unfortified settlements in the countryside, distinct from larger cities. It is used to describe places where people live outside of major urban centers.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Accusative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΠΟΛΕΙΣ, ΧΩΡΑΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G2944 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adverb
                    Sounds like:  KOO-kloh
                    Translations:  around, round about, in a circle
                    Notes:  This word is an adverb meaning 'around' or 'round about'. It is used to describe something that encompasses or surrounds another object or location, or movement in a circular path. It can indicate position or direction.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΠΕΡΙΞ, ΠΕΡΙ
                    Etymology:  The word ΚΥΚΛΩ is derived from the noun ΚΥΚΛΟΣ (kyklos), meaning 'circle' or 'ring'. It describes something related to a circular shape or movement.
                 
                
                    G1321 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb, Participle
                    Sounds like:  di-DAS-kohn
                    Translations:  teaching, a teacher, one who teaches
                    Notes:  This word is a present active participle, meaning 'teaching' or 'one who teaches'. It describes an ongoing action of imparting knowledge or instruction. It can function adjectivally, modifying a noun, or substantively, acting as a noun itself (e.g., 'the one teaching').
                    Inflection:  Present, Active, Participle, Masculine, Nominative, Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΠΑΙΔΕΥΩΝ, ΚΑΤΗΧΩΝ, ΜΑΘΗΤΕΥΩΝ
                    
                 
                
                    G4341 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  pros-ka-LEE-tai
                    Translations:  is called, is summoned, is invited, is called to oneself
                    Notes:  This word is a verb meaning 'to call to oneself,' 'to summon,' or 'to invite.' It is often used in the passive voice, indicating that someone is being called or summoned by another. It can refer to a formal summons, an invitation, or simply the act of calling someone to one's side.
                    Inflection:  Present, Indicative, Middle/Passive, Third Person Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΚΑΛΕΩ, ΣΥΓΚΑΛΕΩ, ΠΡΟΣΦΩΝΕΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G3588 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Definite Article, Demonstrative Pronoun
                    Sounds like:  TOOS
                    Translations:  the, them, those
                    Notes:  ΤΟΥΣ is the masculine plural accusative form of the definite article or demonstrative pronoun 'ὁ'. As an article, it functions like 'the' in English, specifying a noun that is already known or has been previously mentioned. As a pronoun, it means 'them' or 'those', referring to a group of masculine individuals or things in the accusative case, indicating they are the direct object of a verb or the object of a preposition.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Accusative, Masculine
                    
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European *so- (demonstrative pronoun).
                 
                
                    G1427 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Numeral
                    Sounds like:  DOH-deh-kah
                    Translations:  twelve
                    Notes:  This is a scribal abbreviation for the Greek numeral 'twelve' (δώδεκα). In ancient Greek manuscripts, letters were often used to represent numbers, and an overline (or 'overline' as described) was used to indicate this numerical value. The letter Iota (Ι) represents 10, and Beta (Β) represents 2, thus combining to form 12. It is used to denote the quantity of twelve.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect (as a numeral abbreviation)
                    
                    Etymology:  The word δώδεκα (dodeka) comes from δύο (duo, 'two') and δέκα (deka, 'ten').
                 
                
                    G0846 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Pronoun
                    Sounds like:  ow-TOOS
                    Translations:  them, themselves, him, it, the same
                    Notes:  This word is an inflected form of the pronoun 'ΑΥΤΟΣ' (autos). In this specific form, it is used to mean 'them' or 'themselves' when referring to masculine plural nouns in the accusative case. It can also function as an intensive pronoun meaning 'himself', 'herself', 'itself', or 'the same' depending on the context and agreement with the noun it modifies. When used as a personal pronoun, it often refers back to a previously mentioned noun.
                    Inflection:  Accusative, Masculine, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΕΚΕΙΝΟΥΣ, ΣΦΑΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G649 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ah-pos-TEL-leen
                    Translations:  to send, to send away, to dispatch, to send forth
                    Notes:  This word is the present active infinitive form of the verb 'apostello'. It means 'to send' or 'to dispatch' someone or something for a specific purpose. It implies a commission or a mission, often with authority. For example, one might 'send' a messenger, 'send forth' an apostle, or 'send away' a person.
                    Inflection:  Present, Active, Infinitive
                    Synonyms:  ΠΕΜΠΩ, ΕΞΑΠΟΣΤΕΛΛΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G1417 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Numeral
                    Sounds like:  DEE-oh
                    Translations:  two
                    Notes:  This word is a cardinal numeral meaning 'two'. It is used to indicate a quantity of two of something. It is indeclinable, meaning its form does not change regardless of gender, case, or number.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European. It is cognate with English 'two'.
                 
                
                    G1325 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  eh-DIH-doo
                    Translations:  he was giving, he gave, he used to give
                    Notes:  This word is a form of the verb 'to give'. It describes an action of giving that was ongoing or repeated in the past. It indicates that a single person (he, she, or it) was performing the action of giving.
                    Inflection:  Imperfect, Active, Indicative, 3rd Person Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΠΑΡΕΧΩ, ΔΩΡΕΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G1849 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  ex-oo-SEE-an
                    Translations:  authority, power, right, jurisdiction, a right, a power
                    Notes:  This word refers to authority, power, or the right to do something. It can denote delegated authority, the ability to act, or the sphere of one's jurisdiction. It is often used in contexts of legal or moral right, or the capacity to exercise control.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΔΥΝΑΜΙΣ, ΚΡΑΤΟΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G3588 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Definite Article
                    Sounds like:  TONE
                    Translations:  of the
                    Notes:  This word is the genitive plural form of the definite article 'the'. It functions to indicate possession, origin, or relationship for plural nouns, similar to 'of the' in English. It can precede nouns of any gender.
                    Inflection:  Genitive, Plural, All Genders (Masculine, Feminine, Neuter)
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G4151 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  PNEV-mah-tohn
                    Translations:  (of) spirits, (of) winds, (of) breaths, (of) ghosts
                    Notes:  This word refers to spirits, winds, or breaths. It is often used in a spiritual context to refer to immaterial beings or the Holy Spirit, but can also refer to literal wind or a breath. In the provided examples, it refers to spiritual entities or the spiritual aspect of beings.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Genitive, Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΑΝΕΜΩΝ, ΨΥΧΩΝ
                    
                 
                
                    G0169 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective
                    Sounds like:  ah-ka-THAR-ton
                    Translations:  of unclean, of impure, of defiled
                    Notes:  This word describes something as unclean, impure, or defiled. In Koine Greek, particularly in the New Testament, it is frequently used to refer to 'unclean spirits' or things that are ritually or morally impure. It functions as an adjective, modifying a noun to describe its quality of being unclean.
                    Inflection:  Genitive, Plural, All genders
                    Synonyms:  ΑΜΙΑΝΤΟΣ, ΑΚΟΙΝΩΝΗΤΟΣ
                    Etymology:  The word ΑΚΑΘΑΡΤΟΣ is a compound word formed from the negative prefix 'α-' (a-, meaning 'not' or 'un-') and 'καθαρός' (katharos), meaning 'clean' or 'pure'. Thus, it literally means 'not clean' or 'unclean'.
                 
                
                    G3853 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  par-ang-GEL-len
                    Translations:  he commanded, he ordered, he instructed, he charged, he gave orders
                    Notes:  This word describes the act of giving a command, order, or instruction. It implies a directive from a position of authority or a clear communication of what is to be done. It is often used in contexts where someone is charged with a specific task or responsibility.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Indicative, Active, Third Person Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΕΝΤΕΛΛΟΜΑΙ, ΚΕΛΕΥΩ, ΠΡΟΣΤΑΤΤΩ
                    Etymology:  The word ΠΑΡΑΓΓΕΛΛΩ is a compound word formed from the preposition παρά (para), meaning 'beside' or 'from', and the verb ἀγγέλλω (angellō), meaning 'to announce' or 'to report'. Thus, it originally conveyed the idea of announcing something from beside someone, or giving a message directly.
                 
                
                    G3853 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  par-ENG-ghee-len
                    Translations:  he commanded, he instructed, he ordered, he gave orders, he charged, he gave a charge
                    Notes:  This word is the third person singular aorist active indicative form of the verb 'παραγγέλλω' (parangellō), meaning 'to command' or 'to give orders'. It describes a past action completed by a single male or unspecified subject. The apostrophe (coronis) indicates an elision, likely for stylistic or metrical reasons, but the full form is 'παρήγγειλεν'.
                    Inflection:  Third Person, Singular, Aorist, Active, Indicative
                    Synonyms:  ΚΕΛΕΥΩ, ΕΝΤΕΛΛΟΜΑΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G2443 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Conjunction
                    Sounds like:  EE-nah
                    Translations:  in order that, that, so that, to
                    Notes:  This word is a conjunction used to introduce a clause expressing purpose, result, or content. It often translates to 'in order that' or simply 'that' when indicating the aim or outcome of an action. It can also be used to express a command or exhortation, especially when followed by the subjunctive mood.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΟΠΩΣ, ΩΣΤΕ
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European *en- (in). It is related to the preposition 'in' and developed into a conjunction expressing purpose or result.
                 
                
                    G3367 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Pronoun, Adjective
                    Sounds like:  MAY-den
                    Translations:  nothing, no one, none, not even one
                    Notes:  This word is a negative indefinite pronoun or adjective, meaning 'nothing' or 'no one'. It is the neuter form of the word 'ΜΗΔΕΙΣ'. It is used to express absolute negation, particularly in contexts involving prohibitions, commands, or with subjunctive and optative moods, indicating that something should not happen or does not exist under certain conditions. For example, it can be used in a sentence like 'do nothing' or 'let nothing happen'.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Accusative, Vocative, Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΟΥΔΕΝ
                    Etymology:  The word ΜΗΔΕΙΣ is a compound word formed from the negative particle ΜΗ (meaning 'not') and the numeral ΕΙΣ (meaning 'one'). It literally means 'not even one'.
                 
                
                    G0142 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ah-ROH-sin
                    Translations:  to take away, to remove, to lift up, to carry, to bear, to pick up, to raise, to take
                    Notes:  This word is the aorist active infinitive form of the verb 'αἴρω' (airo), meaning 'to take away' or 'to lift up'. It describes the action of removing something or raising it from a lower position. In the provided context, it is used with a negative particle to indicate that they 'will not depart' or 'will not remove themselves'.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Infinitive
                    Synonyms:  ΛΑΜΒΑΝΩ, ΦΕΡΩ, ΑΝΑΙΡΕΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G3598 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  ho-DON
                    Translations:  way, a way, road, a road, journey, a journey, path, a path
                    Notes:  This word refers to a way, road, or path, whether literal or figurative. It can describe a physical route or a course of conduct, a manner of life, or a journey. As an accusative singular noun, it typically functions as the direct object of a verb or the object of a preposition.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΤΡΙΒΟΣ, ΑΤΡΑΠΟΣ, ΠΟΡΕΙΑ
                    
                 
                
                    G4464 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  RAHB-don
                    Translations:  rod, a rod, staff, a staff, scepter, a scepter, club, a club
                    Notes:  This word refers to a rod, staff, or stick, often used for support, as a weapon, or as a symbol of authority (like a scepter). It can also refer to a club or a branch. In the provided context, it appears to be used in various senses, including a literal rod or staff, and metaphorically as a symbol of authority or discipline.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΞΥΛΟΝ, ΒΑΚΤΗΡΙΑ
                    
                 
                
                    G3440 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adverb, Adjective
                    Sounds like:  MO-non
                    Translations:  only, alone, merely, a single, a solitary
                    Notes:  This word can function as an adverb meaning 'only' or 'merely', indicating exclusivity or limitation. It can also be the neuter singular form of the adjective 'ΜΟΝΟΣ', meaning 'alone' or 'solitary', describing something as being by itself or unique. In its adverbial use, it often modifies verbs or clauses to emphasize that something is done exclusively or that a condition applies solely to one thing.
                    Inflection:  Neuter, Singular, Nominative or Accusative (as adjective); Does not inflect (as adverb)
                    Synonyms:  ΜΟΝΩΣ, ΜΟΝΟΓΕΝΗΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G0740 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  AR-ton
                    Translations:  bread, a bread
                    Notes:  This word refers to bread, a staple food. In its accusative form, as 'ΑΡΤΟΝ', it typically functions as the direct object of a verb, indicating that the action of the verb is being performed upon the bread. For example, one might 'eat bread' or 'break bread'.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Masculine
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G0142 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  PEE-ran
                    Translations:  they took, they carried, they lifted, they raised
                    Notes:  This word is the third person plural, aorist active indicative form of the verb 'αἴρω' (airō). It means 'they took', 'they carried', 'they lifted', or 'they raised'. It describes an action that was completed in the past, often with the sense of picking something up or removing it. For example, it can be used to describe people lifting their voices or taking something away.
                    Inflection:  Third Person, Plural, Aorist, Active, Indicative
                    Synonyms:  ΛΑΜΒΑΝΩ, ΦΕΡΩ, ΑΝΑΙΡΩ
                    Etymology:  The verb 'αἴρω' (airō) comes from a Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'to lift, to raise'.
                 
                
                    G2223 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  ZOH-nayn
                    Translations:  belt, a belt, girdle, a girdle, purse, a purse
                    Notes:  This word refers to a belt or girdle, typically worn around the waist. It could be used to hold up clothing, or to carry items, such as money, in which case it functions as a purse. It is often made of leather or cloth.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΔΕΣΜΟΣ, ΖΩΣΤΗΡ
                    
                 
                
                    G5475 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  KHAL-koh
                    Translations:  bronze, copper, brass, money, a bronze, a copper, a brass
                    Notes:  This word refers to various metals like bronze, copper, or brass. It can also be used to refer to money, as coins were often made from these metals. It is typically used to describe objects or currency made of these materials.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΟΡΕΙΧΑΛΚΟΣ
                    Etymology:  The word ΧΑΛΚΟΣ (chalkos) is of uncertain origin, possibly pre-Greek or from an ancient Mediterranean language. It has cognates in other Indo-European languages, suggesting an ancient root related to copper or bronze.
                 
                
                    G0235 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Conjunction, Adverb
                    Sounds like:  AL-lah
                    Translations:  but, yet, rather, on the contrary, nevertheless, however, indeed
                    Notes:  This word is primarily a conjunction used to introduce a contrast or opposition to what has just been stated. It can often be translated as 'but' or 'yet'. It can also function as an adverb, meaning 'on the contrary' or 'indeed', emphasizing a preceding statement or introducing a strong affirmation.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΔΕ, ΟΜΩΣ, ΠΛΗΝ
                    Etymology:  From the neuter plural of the adjective ἄλλος (allos), meaning 'other'. It developed into a conjunction indicating distinction or opposition.
                 
                
                    G5265 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Participle
                    Sounds like:  hoo-po-deh-DEH-meh-noos
                    Translations:  shod, wearing (sandals), having bound under
                    Notes:  This word is a perfect passive participle derived from the verb ὑποδέω (hypodeō), meaning 'to bind under' or 'to put on (sandals)'. It is a compound word formed from the preposition ὑπό (hypo, 'under') and δέω (deō, 'to bind'). In its participle form, it describes someone who has been shod or is wearing something, typically sandals, having had them bound onto their feet. It is used to indicate a state of being equipped with footwear.
                    Inflection:  Perfect Passive Participle, Accusative, Masculine, Plural
                    
                    Etymology:  The word ὑποδέω (hypodeō) is a compound of the preposition ὑπό (hypo), meaning 'under', and the verb δέω (deō), meaning 'to bind'. It literally means 'to bind under' and came to be used specifically for putting on footwear.
                 
                
                    G4568 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  san-DA-lee-ah
                    Translations:  sandals
                    Notes:  This word refers to sandals, a type of open footwear consisting of a sole held to the foot by straps. They were commonly worn in ancient times and are often mentioned in contexts related to travel, daily life, or specific religious practices.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G1746 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  en-DEW-see-stheh
                    Translations:  put on, clothe yourselves, be clothed, wear
                    Notes:  This word is a command or exhortation to 'put on' or 'clothe yourselves' with something, often used metaphorically in the New Testament to describe adopting a certain character or quality. It implies an active choice to assume or be invested with something, like putting on a garment.
                    Inflection:  Second Person, Plural, Aorist, Middle Voice, Imperative
                    Synonyms:  ΠΕΡΙΒΑΛΛΕΣΘΕ, ΑΜΦΙΕΝΝΥΣΘΕ
                    Etymology:  From the prefix 'ἐν' (en), meaning 'in' or 'into', and 'δύω' (dyō), meaning 'to sink, enter, put on'. The combination signifies putting something on oneself, as if sinking into it.
                 
                
                    G5509 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  khee-TOH-nas
                    Translations:  tunics, coats, garments
                    Notes:  This word refers to an undergarment or tunic, typically worn next to the skin, similar to a shirt or a long robe. It was a common piece of clothing in ancient times, worn by both men and women. In the provided context, it is used in its plural form, referring to multiple tunics or garments.
                    Inflection:  Accusative, Plural, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΙΜΑΤΙΟΝ, ΕΝΔΥΜΑ, ΕΣΘΗΣ
                    Etymology:  The word "χιτών" (chitōn) is of Semitic origin, likely borrowed into Greek from a word similar to the Hebrew "kuttoneth" or Aramaic "kittuna", referring to a tunic or shirt.
                 
                
                    G3699 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adverb
                    Sounds like:  OH-poo
                    Translations:  where, whither, in what place, to what place
                    Notes:  This word is an adverb of place, meaning 'where' or 'whither'. It can indicate a location or a direction. It is often used to introduce a clause that specifies a place, similar to how 'where' is used in English.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΟΠΗ, ΟΥ
                    Etymology:  From the interrogative stem *po- (from which also ΠΟΥ, 'where?') and the particle -ου (from which also ΟΥ, 'where'). It indicates a place or direction.
                 
                
                    G1437 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Conjunction
                    Sounds like:  eh-AHN
                    Translations:  if, when, whenever, although
                    Notes:  This word is a conditional conjunction used to introduce a protasis (the 'if' clause) in a conditional sentence. It often implies a condition that is possible or expected to occur, or a general truth. It can also be used to mean 'when' or 'whenever' in a general sense, or even 'although' in some contexts.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΕΙ
                    Etymology:  From the conjunction εἰ (ei, 'if') and the particle ἄν (an), which indicates potentiality or contingency. It combines these elements to form a conditional conjunction.
                 
                
                    G1525 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ice-EL-thay-teh
                    Translations:  enter, go in, come in
                    Notes:  This is a compound verb formed from the preposition 'εἰς' (eis), meaning 'into' or 'to', and the verb 'ἔρχομαι' (erchomai), meaning 'to come' or 'to go'. Therefore, it means 'to come into', 'to go into', or simply 'to enter'. It is often used to describe physical entry into a place, but can also refer to entering a state or condition.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Imperative, Second Person, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΕΜΒΑΙΝΩ, ΕΙΣΠΟΡΕΥΟΜΑΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G3614 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  oy-KEE-an
                    Translations:  house, a house, household, a household, home, a home, family, a family
                    Notes:  This word refers to a house, a dwelling place, or a building. It can also extend to mean a household, including the family members living within it, or even a lineage. It is used to describe a physical structure as well as the people associated with it.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΟΙΚΟΣ, ΟΙΚΗΜΑ, ΚΑΤΟΙΚΙΑ
                    
                 
                
                    G3306 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  MEE-nah-teh
                    Translations:  remain, abide, stay, endure, continue, dwell, wait, wait for
                    Notes:  ΜΙΝΑΤΕ is an imperative form of the verb 'ΜΕΝΩ' (meno), meaning 'to remain,' 'abide,' 'stay,' or 'endure.' It is used to command or exhort someone to continue in a state, place, or relationship. For example, it can mean 'remain in me' or 'stay there.' It implies a sense of steadfastness or persistence.
                    Inflection:  Present, Active, Imperative, Second Person Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΟΙΚΕΩ, ΚΑΘΗΜΑΙ, ΔΙΑΜΕΝΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G2193 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Conjunction, Adverb, Preposition
                    Sounds like:  EH-ohs
                    Translations:  until, while, as long as, up to, even to, as far as
                    Notes:  This word is a particle used to indicate a point in time or extent in space. It is commonly translated as 'until' or 'as long as' when referring to time, and 'up to' or 'as far as' when referring to space. It can also mean 'while' or 'during the time that', often introducing a temporal clause.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΜΕΧΡΙ, ΑΧΡΙ, ΠΡΙΝ
                    Etymology:  From a prolonged form of a primary particle. It is an ancient Greek word with a long history of use in temporal and spatial contexts.
                 
                
                    G0302 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Particle
                    Sounds like:  AN
                    Translations:  if, perhaps, whatever, whenever, whoever, wherever, however, as soon as, until, before
                    Notes:  This word is a conditional particle used to express possibility, contingency, or indefiniteness. It is often used with the subjunctive mood to form conditional clauses, indicating that an action or state is dependent on a certain condition. It can also be combined with other words to form indefinite relative pronouns or adverbs, such as 'whoever', 'whatever', or 'whenever'.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΕΑΝ, ΟΤΑΝ, ΟΠΟΥ
                    Etymology:  The particle 'an' is of uncertain origin, possibly related to the Proto-Indo-European root *h₂en- meaning 'on, at'. It is an ancient Greek particle that has been used since classical times.
                 
                
                    G1831 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ex-EL-thee-teh
                    Translations:  go out, come out, depart, leave
                    Notes:  This word is a verb meaning 'to go out,' 'to come out,' 'to depart,' or 'to leave.' It is often used in the context of physical movement from one place to another, such as leaving a house or a city. It can also be used metaphorically, such as 'to come forth' or 'to appear.' It is a compound word formed from 'ΕΞ' (ex), meaning 'out of,' and 'ΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ' (erchomai), meaning 'to come' or 'to go.'
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Subjunctive, Second Person Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΑΠΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΕΚΒΑΙΝΩ, ΕΚΠΟΡΕΥΟΜΑΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G1564 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adverb
                    Sounds like:  ek-EE-then
                    Translations:  from there, thence
                    Notes:  This word is an adverb meaning 'from there' or 'thence'. It indicates movement or origin from a specific place that has already been mentioned or is understood from the context. It is often used to describe departing from a location or the source of something.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΕΚΕΙΘΕΝ
                    
                 
                
                    G3739, G3754 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Relative Pronoun, Possessive Pronoun, Numeral
                    Sounds like:  HOS
                    Translations:  who, which, what, his, her, its, their, 70
                    Notes:  This word, ΟΣʼ, can have multiple meanings in Koine Greek due to the lack of diacritics in the input and the presence of the apostrophe. Most commonly, it represents the relative pronoun ὅς (hos), meaning 'who,' 'which,' or 'what,' used to introduce a relative clause. It can also represent the possessive pronoun ὅς (hos), meaning 'his,' 'her,' 'its,' or 'their.' The apostrophe (keraia) at the end indicates that it could also be the Greek numeral for 70. It is less likely to be an elision (coronis) in this form, as there isn't a common elided word that would result in ΟΣ'.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Masculine (for relative/possessive pronoun); Does not inflect (for numeral)
                    Synonyms:  ΟΤΙΣ, ΟΥΤΟΣ
                    Etymology:  The relative pronoun ὅς (hos) comes from a Proto-Indo-European root. The numeral meaning derives from the use of Greek letters as numerical symbols.
                 
                
                    G5117 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  TOH-poss
                    Translations:  place, a place, location, region, space, site
                    Notes:  This word refers to a specific location, area, or region. It can denote a physical spot, a general area, or even a metaphorical space or opportunity. It is commonly used to indicate where something is situated or where an event occurs.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΧΩΡΑ, ΟΙΚΟΣ, ΕΔΡΑ
                    Etymology:  From an unknown root, possibly related to the idea of 'cutting' or 'marking out'.
                 
                
                    G1209 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  DEK-see-tai
                    Translations:  may receive, might receive, may accept, might accept, may welcome, might welcome
                    Notes:  This word means to receive, accept, or welcome. It implies taking something offered, or admitting someone into one's presence or fellowship. It can be used in various contexts, such as receiving a gift, accepting a teaching, or welcoming a guest.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Subjunctive, Middle Voice, Third Person, Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΛΑΜΒΑΝΩ, ΠΡΟΣΔΕΧΟΜΑΙ, ΥΠΟΔΕΧΟΜΑΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G5210 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Pronoun
                    Sounds like:  hoo-MAS
                    Translations:  you, you all
                    Notes:  This is a second-person plural personal pronoun, meaning 'you' or 'you all'. It is in the accusative case, indicating that it functions as the direct object of a verb or the object of certain prepositions. For example, it would be used in a sentence like 'He saw you all'.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Accusative, Second Person, All genders
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G3366 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Conjunction, Adverb
                    Sounds like:  MEE-deh
                    Translations:  neither, nor, not even, and not
                    Notes:  ΜΗΔΕ is a compound word formed from the negative particle μή (mē, 'not') and the conjunction δέ (de, 'but, and'). It is used to introduce a negative clause, often following another negative clause, conveying the sense of 'neither...nor' or 'not even'. It is primarily used with non-indicative moods, such as the imperative or subjunctive, to express prohibitions or negative conditions.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΟΥΔΕ
                    Etymology:  ΜΗΔΕ is a compound word derived from the negative particle μή (mē), meaning 'not', and the postpositive conjunction δέ (de), meaning 'but' or 'and'.
                 
                
                    G0191 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ah-koo-SOH-sin
                    Translations:  they may hear, they might hear, they hear, they will hear
                    Notes:  This word means 'they may hear' or 'they might hear' and is the third person plural aorist active subjunctive form of the verb 'to hear'. It is often used in conditional clauses or to express a potential or hypothetical action. It can also imply understanding or obeying, depending on the context.
                    Inflection:  Third Person, Plural, Aorist, Active, Subjunctive
                    Synonyms:  ΕΙΣΑΚΟΥΩ, ΥΠΑΚΟΥΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G5216 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Pronoun
                    Sounds like:  hoo-MOHN
                    Translations:  (of) you, your
                    Notes:  This word is the genitive plural form of the second-person personal pronoun, meaning 'of you' or 'your' when referring to multiple people. It indicates possession, origin, or relationship concerning a group of people being addressed. For example, it might be used in phrases like 'the house of you' (your house) or 'from among you'.
                    Inflection:  Second Person, Plural, Genitive
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G1607 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb, Participle
                    Sounds like:  ek-por-yoo-OH-men-oy
                    Translations:  going out, coming out, proceeding, issuing, marching out
                    Notes:  This word is a present middle/passive participle, meaning 'going out' or 'coming out'. It describes an action of moving from an inside place to an outside place, or originating from something. It can refer to people marching out for war, or things issuing forth from a source.
                    Inflection:  Present, Middle/Passive, Participle, Nominative, Masculine, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΕΞΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΑΠΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΠΡΟΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ
                    Etymology:  The word ἐκπορεύομαι (ekporeuomai) is a compound word formed from the preposition ἐκ (ek), meaning 'out of' or 'from', and the verb πορεύομαι (poreuomai), meaning 'to go' or 'to journey'.
                 
                
                    G1564 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adverb
                    Sounds like:  eh-KAY-then
                    Translations:  from there, thence, from that place
                    Notes:  This word is an adverb indicating movement or origin from a specific place or point in time. It can be used to describe someone or something coming from a particular location, or an event happening subsequently from a previous point in time. For example, 'he went from there' or 'from that point, he did X'.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΕΚΕΙ, ΕΝΘΕΝ
                    Etymology:  The word ΕΚΕΙΘΕΝ is derived from the demonstrative adverb ΕΚΕΙ (there) and the suffix -θεν, which indicates origin or movement from a place. It signifies 'from that place'.
                 
                
                    G1621 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ek-tee-NAX-ah-teh
                    Translations:  shake off, cast off, shake out
                    Notes:  This word is a verb in the aorist active imperative form. It means to shake off, cast off, or shake out something, often referring to dust or dirt. It is used as a command or instruction to perform this action.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Imperative, Second Person, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΑΠΟΤΙΝΑΣΣΩ, ΑΠΟΤΙΝΑΓΜΟΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G3588 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Definite Article
                    Sounds like:  TON
                    Translations:  the
                    Notes:  This word is the masculine singular accusative form of the definite article 'the'. It is used to specify a particular masculine noun that is the direct object of a verb or preposition. For example, it would be used in phrases like 'he saw the man' or 'towards the God'.
                    Inflection:  Masculine, Singular, Accusative
                    
                    Etymology:  The Greek definite article derives from Proto-Indo-European demonstrative pronouns. It developed to function as a marker of definiteness in Greek.
                 
                
                    G5522 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  KHOON
                    Translations:  dust, earth, dirt, a dust, an earth, a dirt
                    Notes:  This word refers to fine, dry particles of earth or other matter. It is often used in contexts describing the ground, the act of throwing dust, or as a symbol of humility, mourning, or destruction. For example, it can describe the ground one walks on, or the dust that is thrown upon one's head as a sign of grief.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΓΗ, ΚΟΝΙΟΡΤΟΣ
                    Etymology:  The word Χοῦς (Chous) is of uncertain origin, possibly related to the verb χέω (cheō), meaning 'to pour', referring to something poured out or scattered.
                 
                
                    G5270 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adverb, Preposition
                    Sounds like:  hoo-po-KAH-toh
                    Translations:  underneath, below, under
                    Notes:  This word functions as an adverb or a preposition, meaning 'underneath' or 'below'. It indicates a position directly beneath something else. As a preposition, it typically takes the genitive case. It is a compound word formed from ΥΠΟ (under) and ΚΑΤΩ (down).
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΥΠΟ, ΚΑΤΩ
                    Etymology:  From the Greek preposition ΥΠΟ (hypo), meaning 'under', and the adverb ΚΑΤΩ (kato), meaning 'down' or 'below'. It is a compound word emphasizing the sense of being directly underneath.
                 
                
                    G4228 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  po-DOHN
                    Translations:  of feet
                    Notes:  This word is the genitive plural form of the noun 'foot'. It refers to the lower extremity of the leg, used for standing and walking. In a sentence, it would indicate possession or origin related to multiple feet, such as 'the sound of feet' or 'the path of feet'.
                    Inflection:  Genitive, Plural, Masculine
                    
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European. It is related to words for 'foot' in many other Indo-European languages.
                 
                
                    G3142 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  mar-too-REE-on
                    Translations:  testimony, a testimony, witness, a witness, evidence, a proof
                    Notes:  This word refers to a testimony, witness, or evidence. It is used to describe something that provides proof or confirmation of a fact or event. It can refer to the act of bearing witness or the content of what is testified.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Accusative, Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΜΑΡΤΥΣ, ΜΑΡΤΥΡΙΑ
                    Etymology:  From G3144 (μάρτυς, 'martys'), meaning 'witness'. It refers to that which is borne witness to, or the content of a witness's testimony.
                 
                
                    G1831 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Participle, Verb
                    Sounds like:  ex-EL-thon-tes
                    Translations:  having gone out, going out, went out, came out, departed, having come forth, coming forth
                    Notes:  This word is an aorist active participle derived from the verb 'ΕΞΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ' (exerchomai), meaning 'to go out' or 'to come forth'. As a participle, it functions like an adjective or adverb, describing an action that has already occurred or is occurring in relation to the main verb of the sentence. It often conveys the sense of 'having gone out' or 'those who went out', indicating a completed action of departure or emergence.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Participle, Nominative, Masculine, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΑΠΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΕΚΒΑΙΝΩ, ΠΡΟΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ
                    Etymology:  The word ΕΞΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ is a compound word formed from the preposition ΕΚ (ek), meaning 'out of' or 'from', and the verb ΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ (erchomai), meaning 'to come' or 'to go'.
                 
                
                    G2784 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  eh-KAY-roox-an
                    Translations:  they preached, they proclaimed, they announced, they heralded
                    Notes:  This word is the third person plural aorist active indicative form of the verb 'κηρύσσω' (kēryssō), meaning 'to preach' or 'to proclaim'. It describes an action that was completed in the past by a group of people, indicating that 'they' performed the act of preaching or proclaiming.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Indicative, 3rd Person Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΕΥΑΓΓΕΛΙΖΩ, ΑΝΑΓΓΕΛΛΩ, ΔΙΑΓΓΕΛΛΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G3340 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  meh-tah-no-EH-so-see
                    Translations:  they may repent, they might repent
                    Notes:  This word means 'to change one's mind, to repent, or to feel remorse'. It implies a change of heart and direction, often in a moral or spiritual sense. It is used to describe a turning away from past actions or beliefs towards a new way of thinking or living. In a sentence, it would describe a group of people performing this action.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Subjunctive, Active, 3rd Person Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΕΠΙΣΤΡΕΦΩ, ΜΕΤΑΜΕΛΟΜΑΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G1140 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  dai-MO-nee-ah
                    Translations:  demons, evil spirits, deities, gods
                    Notes:  This word refers to demons or evil spirits, often understood as malevolent supernatural beings. In some contexts, particularly in ancient Greek literature outside of the New Testament, it can also refer to lesser deities or divine beings, or even the spirits of deceased humans. It is a plural form of the word 'daimonion'.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Nominative, Accusative, or Vocative, Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΠΝΕΥΜΑΤΑ, ΔΑΙΜΟΝΕΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G4183 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective, Adverb
                    Sounds like:  POL-lah
                    Translations:  much, many, great, abundant, often, greatly, many things
                    Notes:  This word is an inflection of the adjective 'ΠΟΛΥΣ' (polys), meaning 'much' or 'many'. As an adjective, 'ΠΟΛΛΑ' typically functions as the neuter plural nominative or accusative, meaning 'many things' or 'much'. It can also function as an adverb, meaning 'often' or 'greatly'. It is used to indicate a large quantity or frequency.
                    Inflection:  Neuter, Plural, Nominative or Accusative (of the adjective ΠΟΛΥΣ); or Adverb
                    Synonyms:  ΠΛΕΙΩΝ, ΙΚΑΝΟΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G1544 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  eks-EB-al-lon
                    Translations:  they were casting out, they cast out, they were driving out, they drove out, they were expelling, they expelled
                    Notes:  This word is a compound verb formed from the preposition ΕΚ (out of) and the verb ΒΑΛΛΩ (to throw, cast). It means to cast out, drive out, or expel. It describes an action of forceful removal from a place or state. In the provided context, it refers to the act of casting out demons or expelling people.
                    Inflection:  Imperfect, Active, Indicative, 3rd Person Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΑΠΟΒΑΛΛΩ, ΕΚΠΕΜΠΩ, ΕΚΤΙΘΗΜΙ
                    Etymology:  The word ΕΚΒΑΛΛΩ is a compound of the preposition ΕΚ (ek), meaning 'out of' or 'from', and the verb ΒΑΛΛΩ (ballo), meaning 'to throw' or 'to cast'. Its meaning is derived directly from the combination of these two elements.
                 
                
                    G0021 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ee-LAY-fon
                    Translations:  they anointed, they were anointing
                    Notes:  This word is the third person plural imperfect active indicative form of the verb 'aleiphō'. It describes an action of anointing or rubbing with oil that was ongoing or repeated in the past. It implies a continuous or habitual action rather than a single completed event.
                    Inflection:  Third Person, Plural, Imperfect, Active, Indicative
                    Synonyms:  ΧΡΙΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G1636 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  eh-LAI-oh
                    Translations:  (to) olive tree, (to) olive, (to) olive oil, (to) oil
                    Notes:  This word is the dative singular form of the noun 'ΕΛΑΙΑ' (elaia), meaning 'olive tree' or 'olive'. It can also refer to 'olive oil' or 'oil' in general. As a dative case, it indicates the indirect object of an action, often translated with 'to' or 'for'.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Dative, Feminine
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G4183 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective
                    Sounds like:  pol-LOOS
                    Translations:  many, much, great
                    Notes:  This word is an adjective meaning 'many', 'much', or 'great'. It is used to describe a large quantity or number of something. In this form, it functions as the direct object of a verb, indicating that 'many' people or things are being acted upon.
                    Inflection:  Accusative, Masculine, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΙΚΑΝΟΣ, ΠΛΕΙΩΝ, ΑΦΘΟΝΟΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G732 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective
                    Sounds like:  ar-ROH-stoos
                    Translations:  sick, ill, weak, infirm
                    Notes:  This word describes someone who is sick, ill, or infirm. It is used to refer to people suffering from physical ailments or weakness. In its plural form, it refers to multiple sick or weak individuals. It can be used as an attributive adjective (e.g., 'the sick people') or as a substantive (e.g., 'the sick ones').
                    Inflection:  Plural, Accusative, Masculine or Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΑΣΘΕΝΕΙΣ, ΚΑΚΩΣ ΕΧΟΝΤΕΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G2323 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  eh-theh-rah-PEH-oo-on
                    Translations:  they were healing, they were curing, they were serving, they were worshipping
                    Notes:  This word is the imperfect active indicative form of the verb 'therapeuō'. It describes an ongoing or repeated action in the past. It means 'to heal', 'to cure', 'to serve', or 'to worship'. In the context of healing, it refers to providing medical care or restoring health. In the context of service, it implies attending to someone's needs or showing devotion. The specific meaning depends on the context of the sentence.
                    Inflection:  Third Person, Plural, Imperfect, Active, Indicative
                    Synonyms:  ΙΑΟΜΑΙ, ΣΩΖΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G0191 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ee-KOO-sen
                    Translations:  he heard, she heard, it heard, he listened, she listened, it listened, he understood, she understood, it understood
                    Notes:  This word is a verb meaning 'to hear', 'to listen', or 'to understand'. It is used to describe the action of perceiving sound or comprehending information. As an aorist tense verb, it describes a completed action in the past, without specifying its duration. It is in the third person singular, meaning the subject is 'he', 'she', or 'it'.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Indicative, Active, Third Person, Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΕΙΣΑΚΟΥΩ, ΠΡΟΣΕΧΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G0935 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  bah-see-LEHFS
                    Translations:  king, a king, ruler, sovereign
                    Notes:  This word refers to a king or a ruler, someone who holds supreme authority over a territory or people. It is commonly used to denote a monarch or sovereign. In a sentence, it would function as a noun, often as the subject or object, indicating the person in power.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΑΡΧΩΝ, ΗΓΕΜΩΝ, ΚΥΡΙΟΣ
                    Etymology:  From an uncertain root, possibly related to a word meaning 'base' or 'foundation', suggesting one who stands at the foundation of power or authority. It has been used since ancient Greek times to refer to a monarch.
                 
                
                    G2264 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Proper Noun
                    Sounds like:  hay-ROH-days
                    Translations:  Herod
                    Notes:  This is a proper noun referring to Herod, a name borne by several rulers of Judea mentioned in the New Testament. The most prominent is Herod the Great, who ruled at the time of Jesus' birth. The name is used to identify these specific historical figures.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Masculine
                    
                    Etymology:  The name Herod is of Greek origin, derived from the word 'ἥρως' (hērōs), meaning 'hero' or 'heroic'. It was a common name among the Hellenized Jewish aristocracy.
                 
                
                    G5319 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective
                    Sounds like:  fah-neh-RON
                    Translations:  manifest, evident, clear, visible, apparent, known, a manifest thing, an evident thing
                    Notes:  This word describes something that is visible, apparent, or clear. It is used to indicate that something is easily seen, understood, or made known. It can refer to something that is openly displayed or something that becomes obvious.
                    Inflection:  Neuter, Singular, Nominative or Accusative
                    Synonyms:  ΔΗΛΟΣ, ΕΜΦΑΝΗΣ, ΓΝΩΣΤΟΣ
                    Etymology:  From φανερόω (phaneroō, 'to make visible, reveal'), from φανός (phanos, 'light, torch'), from φαίνω (phainō, 'to bring to light, make appear').
                 
                
                    G1063 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Particle
                    Sounds like:  gar
                    Translations:  for, because, indeed, then, therefore
                    Notes:  This word is a postpositive particle, meaning it typically appears second in a clause. It introduces a reason, explanation, or confirmation for what has just been stated. It can also indicate a logical consequence or a transition in thought, often translated as 'for' or 'because'. In some contexts, it can simply add emphasis or affirm a statement.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΔΙΟΤΙ, ΕΠΕΙ, ΟΥΝ
                    Etymology:  The particle ΓΑΡ is believed to be a contraction of the particles γε (ge) meaning 'indeed' or 'at least' and ἄρα (ara) meaning 'then' or 'therefore'. It has been in use since ancient Greek.
                 
                
                    G1096 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  eh-GEH-neh-toh
                    Translations:  it became, it happened, it came to pass, there was, it was
                    Notes:  This is the third person singular, aorist indicative, middle voice form of the verb 'γίνομαι' (ginomai). It signifies something coming into existence, happening, or becoming. It is very commonly used in narratives to introduce new events or states, often translated as 'it came to pass' or 'there was'.
                    Inflection:  Third Person Singular, Aorist Indicative, Middle Voice
                    Synonyms:  ΕΓΕΝΕΤΟ, ΕΓΕΝΕΤΟ
                    
                 
                
                    G3588 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Definite Article
                    Sounds like:  toh
                    Translations:  the
                    Notes:  ΤΟ is the neuter singular form of the definite article 'the' in Koine Greek. It is used to specify a noun, much like 'the' in English. It can function as both the subject (nominative case) or the direct object (accusative case) of a sentence when referring to a neuter singular noun.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative
                    
                    Etymology:  The Greek definite article, including ΤΟ, derives from Proto-Indo-European demonstrative pronouns. Its forms developed to agree in gender, number, and case with the nouns they modify.
                 
                
                    G3686 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  O-no-MA
                    Translations:  name, a name, reputation, character, authority, title
                    Notes:  This word refers to a name, whether of a person, place, or thing. It can also signify one's reputation, character, or authority, as a name often represents the essence of a person or entity. It is commonly used in phrases like 'in the name of' to denote authority or representation.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Accusative, or Vocative, Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΚΛΕΟΣ, ΦΗΜΗ, ΔΟΞΑ
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'name'. It is cognate with Latin 'nomen' and English 'name'.
                 
                
                    G2491 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Proper Noun
                    Sounds like:  ee-oh-AN-nays
                    Translations:  John
                    Notes:  This is a common biblical name, equivalent to the English 'John'. It is a masculine proper noun frequently appearing in the New Testament, referring to several individuals such as John the Baptist, John the Apostle, and John Mark. It is derived from a Hebrew name meaning 'Yahweh is gracious'.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Masculine
                    
                    Etymology:  From the Hebrew name Yochanan (יוחנן), meaning 'Yahweh is gracious' or 'God is gracious'. It was a very common name among Jews in the Hellenistic period.
                 
                
                    G0907 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  bap-TID-zoh
                    Translations:  baptize, immerse, dip, wash
                    Notes:  This verb means to baptize, immerse, or dip something into a liquid. It is commonly used in the context of religious rituals, particularly Christian baptism, where a person is immersed in water as a symbol of purification or initiation. It can also refer more generally to washing or overwhelming with something.
                    Inflection:  Present, Active, Indicative, 1st Person Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΒΑΠΤΩ, ΝΙΠΤΩ, ΛΟΥΩ
                    Etymology:  From a derivative of the Greek verb βάπτω (báptō), meaning 'to dip' or 'to dye'. The suffix -ίζω (-izō) indicates a causative or iterative action, thus 'to cause to be dipped' or 'to repeatedly dip'.
                 
                
                    G1453 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  eh-GAY-ger-tai
                    Translations:  has been raised, is risen, has been awakened, has been aroused
                    Notes:  This word is the perfect passive indicative, third person singular form of the verb 'ἐγείρω' (egeirō). It means 'he/she/it has been raised' or 'he/she/it is risen/awakened'. It describes an action that was completed in the past and has ongoing results in the present, with the subject being the recipient of the action.
                    Inflection:  Perfect, Passive, Indicative, 3rd Person Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΑΝΙΣΤΗΜΙ, ΔΙΕΓΕΙΡΩ, ΕΞΕΓΕΙΡΩ
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European *h₁ger- ('to awaken, rouse'). In Koine Greek, it means to raise up, awaken, or cause to rise.
                 
                
                    G1537 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Preposition
                    Sounds like:  EK
                    Translations:  out of, from, of, by, among, with
                    Notes:  This word is a preposition that typically governs the genitive case. It denotes origin, source, or separation, indicating movement 'out of' or 'from' a place, time, or cause. It can also signify the material from which something is made, the agent by whom something is done, or the reason for an action. For example, it can mean 'out of the house' or 'from that day'.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΑΠΟ, ΠΑΡΑ
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European *eǵʰs, meaning 'out'. It is cognate with Latin ex- and English out.
                 
                
                    G3498 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective, Noun
                    Sounds like:  NEK-roh
                    Translations:  dead, a dead one, (to) a dead one, (to) a corpse, (to) a dead body
                    Notes:  This word refers to something that is dead, lifeless, or a corpse. It can be used as an adjective to describe something as dead, or as a noun to refer to a dead person or body. In the provided context, it is used in the dative case, indicating 'to' or 'for' a dead one or a corpse.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Dative, Masculine or Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΑΨΥΧΟΣ, ΑΘΑΝΑΤΟΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G3778 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Demonstrative Pronoun, Demonstrative Adjective
                    Sounds like:  TOO-toh
                    Translations:  this, that, it, a this, a that
                    Notes:  ΤΟΥΤΟ is a demonstrative pronoun or adjective in Koine Greek, meaning 'this' or 'that'. It is the neuter singular form and can function as either the nominative or accusative case. As a pronoun, it refers to a specific thing or concept, often pointing it out. As an adjective, it modifies a neuter singular noun, indicating 'this' or 'that' particular noun. For example, it might be used in phrases like 'this thing' or 'that matter'.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative
                    Synonyms:  ΑΥΤΟΣ, ΕΚΕΙΝΟΣ
                    Etymology:  The word ΟΥΤΟΣ (houtos) is a demonstrative pronoun in Koine Greek, meaning 'this' or 'that'. Its origin is ancient, deriving from Proto-Indo-European roots that conveyed the idea of proximity or pointing.
                 
                
                    G1754 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  en-er-GOO-sin
                    Translations:  they work, they are at work, they effect, they operate, they perform, they accomplish
                    Notes:  This word describes an active, effective working or operation. It implies a dynamic force or power that brings about a result. It is often used to describe divine or spiritual power at work, or the active functioning of a person or thing. It is a compound word derived from 'en' (in) and 'ergon' (work).
                    Inflection:  Present, Indicative, Active, Third Person Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΠΟΙΟΥΣΙΝ, ΠΡΑΤΤΟΥΣΙΝ
                    
                 
                
                    G0243 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective, Pronoun
                    Sounds like:  AL-loy
                    Translations:  others, some others, different ones, other things
                    Notes:  This word refers to 'other' people or things, or 'different' ones. It is often used to distinguish one group from another, meaning 'some... others'. For example, 'some went this way, others went that way'. It can function as an adjective modifying a noun or as a pronoun standing in for a noun.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Nominative, Masculine; Plural, Nominative, Feminine; Plural, Nominative, Neuter; Plural, Vocative, Masculine; Plural, Vocative, Feminine; Plural, Vocative, Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΕΤΕΡΟΙ, ΛΟΙΠΟΙ
                    Etymology:  The word ΑΛΛΟΣ comes from Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'other' or 'another'. It is related to Latin alius and English 'else'.
                 
                
                    G1161 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Particle, Conjunction
                    Sounds like:  DEH
                    Translations:  but, and, now, then, moreover, however
                    Notes:  ΔΕ is a common Koine Greek particle or conjunction used to connect clauses or sentences. It often indicates a transition, a contrast, or a continuation of thought. It can be translated in various ways depending on the context, such as 'but' when indicating opposition, 'and' when simply continuing a narrative, or 'now'/'then' when marking a new point or development.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΚΑΙ, ΑΛΛΑ
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'and' or 'but'. It is an ancient particle used to connect ideas or introduce new information.
                 
                
                    G3004 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  EH-leh-gon
                    Translations:  they were saying, they said, they were telling, they told
                    Notes:  This word is the third person plural imperfect active indicative form of the verb 'ΛΕΓΩ' (LEGO). It describes an ongoing or repeated action in the past, meaning 'they were saying' or 'they used to say'. It can also simply indicate a past action, 'they said' or 'they told'. It is commonly used to report speech or actions of a group of people in a narrative.
                    Inflection:  Third Person, Plural, Imperfect, Active, Indicative
                    Synonyms:  ΦΗΜΙ, ΛΑΛΕΩ
                    Etymology:  The verb 'ΛΕΓΩ' (LEGO) comes from a Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'to collect, gather, pick out, count, tell'. In Greek, it evolved to mean 'to speak' or 'to say', often implying a deliberate or reasoned utterance.
                 
                
                    G2243 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Proper Noun
                    Sounds like:  hay-LEE-as
                    Translations:  Elijah
                    Notes:  This is a proper noun referring to Elijah, a prominent prophet in the Old Testament. He is known for his miracles and his ascension to heaven in a whirlwind. The name is of Hebrew origin and means 'My God is Yahweh'.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Masculine
                    
                    Etymology:  From Hebrew אֵלִיָּהוּ (Eliyyahu), meaning 'My God is Yahweh'.
                 
                
                    G5613 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adverb, Conjunction, Preposition
                    Sounds like:  OHS
                    Translations:  as, like, when, how, about, approximately, that, so that
                    Notes:  ΩΣ is a versatile particle in Koine Greek, primarily functioning as a conjunction or adverb. It is used to introduce comparisons ('as,' 'like'), indicate time ('when'), express manner ('how'), or denote purpose or result ('so that,' 'that'). It can also indicate approximation ('about,' 'approximately') or serve as a preposition meaning 'to' or 'towards' with certain cases.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΩΣΠΕΡ, ΚΑΘΩΣ, ΩΣΑΝΕΙ
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European. It is related to demonstrative pronouns and adverbs indicating manner or comparison.
                 
                
                    G4396 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  pro-fay-TON
                    Translations:  of prophets
                    Notes:  This word refers to those who speak for God or interpret His will, often foretelling future events. It is a compound word, combining 'pro' (before, forth) and 'phemi' (to speak). It is used to describe individuals who deliver divine messages or act as spokespersons for God.
                    Inflection:  Genitive, Plural, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΜΑΝΤΙΣ, ΘΕΟΛΟΓΟΣ
                    Etymology:  The word 'ΠΡΟΦΗΤΗΣ' (prophetes) comes from the Greek prefix 'πρό' (pro), meaning 'before' or 'forth', and the verb 'φημί' (phēmi), meaning 'to speak'. Thus, it literally means 'one who speaks forth' or 'one who speaks before' (either in time or on behalf of someone).
                 
                
                    G191 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ah-koo-SAS
                    Translations:  having heard, when he heard, after hearing, he heard
                    Notes:  This word is the aorist active participle of the verb 'ἀκούω' (akouō), meaning 'to hear' or 'to listen'. As a participle, it describes an action that occurred prior to or concurrently with the main verb of the sentence, often translated as 'having heard' or 'when he heard'. It indicates the subject performed the action of hearing.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Masculine, Aorist, Active, Participle
                    Synonyms:  ΕΠΑΚΟΥΩ, ΠΡΟΣΕΧΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G1510 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Participle
                    Sounds like:  ON
                    Translations:  being, existing, a being, that which is
                    Notes:  This word is a present active participle, meaning 'being' or 'existing'. It describes something that is in a state of being or existence. As a neuter singular form, it often refers to 'that which is' or 'a being', and can function as a noun.
                    Inflection:  Present, Active, Participle, Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative
                    Synonyms:  ΥΠΑΡΧΟΝ, ΓΙΝΟΜΕΝΟΝ
                    
                 
                
                    G1473 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Pronoun
                    Sounds like:  eh-GOH
                    Translations:  I, me
                    Notes:  This is a first-person singular pronoun, meaning 'I' or 'me'. It is used when the speaker is referring to themselves as the subject of a verb (nominative case). It can also be used for emphasis.
                    Inflection:  First person, Singular, Nominative
                    
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European. It is a common first-person pronoun found across many Indo-European languages.
                 
                
                    G0611 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ah-peh-keh-fah-LEE-sah
                    Translations:  I beheaded, I cut off the head
                    Notes:  This word is a verb meaning 'to behead' or 'to cut off the head'. It is a compound word formed from 'ἀπό' (apo), meaning 'from' or 'away from', and 'κεφαλή' (kephale), meaning 'head'. It describes the act of severing someone's head, often as a form of execution. The form 'ΑΠΕΚΕΦΑΛΙΣΑ' specifically indicates a past action performed by the speaker (first person singular).
                    Inflection:  First Person, Singular, Aorist, Active, Indicative
                    Synonyms:  ΑΝΑΙΡΕΩ, ΑΠΟΚΤΕΙΝΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G0846 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Pronoun, Adjective
                    Sounds like:  ow-TOS
                    Translations:  he, she, it, they, himself, herself, itself, themselves, same, very, a same, the same
                    Notes:  This word functions as both a pronoun and an adjective. As a pronoun, it can mean 'he, she, it' (third person personal pronoun) or be used intensively to mean 'himself, herself, itself, themselves'. When used as an adjective, it means 'the same' or 'the very'. Its meaning depends on its position and context within a sentence. For example, when used attributively with an article (e.g., ὁ αὐτὸς), it means 'the same'. When used predicatively or without an article, it often has an intensive meaning ('he himself').
                    Inflection:  Masculine, Feminine, or Neuter; Singular or Plural; Nominative, Genitive, Dative, or Accusative
                    
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European *h₁ew-to- (self, same).
                 
                
                    G2491 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Proper Noun
                    Sounds like:  ee-oh-AN-neen
                    Translations:  John
                    Notes:  This is the name 'John', a very common proper noun in the Koine Greek New Testament and other ancient texts. It refers to several significant figures, most notably John the Baptist, John the Apostle (son of Zebedee), and John Mark. It is used to identify these individuals in various narratives.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Masculine
                    
                    Etymology:  The name 'John' is of Hebrew origin, derived from the Hebrew name Yochanan (יוחנן), meaning 'Yahweh is gracious' or 'God is gracious'. It was a common name among Jews in the Second Temple period and was transliterated into Greek.
                 
                
                    G1453 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ee-GER-thay
                    Translations:  he was raised, he was awakened, he was roused, he was stirred up, he arose, he rose
                    Notes:  This word is a form of the verb 'egeiro', meaning 'to raise' or 'to awaken'. In this specific form, it indicates that someone or something 'was raised' or 'was awakened' by an external force, or 'arose' or 'rose' by themselves. It is commonly used in contexts of rising from sleep, rising from a seated or prone position, or being raised from the dead. It can also refer to being stirred up or roused to action.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Indicative, Passive, Third Person Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΑΝΙΣΤΗΜΙ, ΕΞΑΝΙΣΤΗΜΙ, ΔΙΕΓΕΙΡΩ
                    Etymology:  The word 'egeiro' comes from an ancient root meaning 'to rouse' or 'to awaken'. It is related to words in other Indo-European languages with similar meanings.
                 
                
                    G649 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ah-pos-TEE-las
                    Translations:  having sent, having dispatched, having commissioned
                    Notes:  This word is the aorist active participle, masculine, nominative singular form of the verb 'apostellō'. It describes an action of sending or dispatching that has been completed, often with the implication of commissioning someone for a specific purpose. It functions like an adjective or adverb, modifying a noun or verb to indicate that the subject has performed the action of sending.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Participle, Masculine, Nominative, Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΠΕΜΨΑΣ, ΕΞΑΠΕΣΤΕΙΛΑΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G2902 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ek-RAH-tay-seh
                    Translations:  he held, she held, it held, he took hold of, she took hold of, it took hold of, he seized, she seized, it seized, he grasped, she grasped, it grasped, he overcame, she overcame, it overcame, he prevailed, she prevailed, it prevailed
                    Notes:  This word is the third person singular aorist active indicative form of the verb ΚΡΑΤΕΩ (krateō). It describes an action that happened in the past, indicating that 'he,' 'she,' or 'it' took hold of something, seized it, or gained mastery over it. It implies a firm grip, control, or victory in a specific past event.
                    Inflection:  Third Person, Singular, Aorist, Active, Indicative
                    Synonyms:  ΛΑΜΒΑΝΩ, ΚΑΤΕΧΩ, ΝΙΚΑΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G1210 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  EH-day-sen
                    Translations:  he bound, she bound, it bound, he tied, she tied, it tied, he fastened, she fastened, it fastened
                    Notes:  This word is the third person singular aorist active indicative form of the verb 'δέω' (deō), meaning 'to bind,' 'to tie,' or 'to fasten.' It describes a completed action in the past, indicating that 'he,' 'she,' or 'it' performed the act of binding or tying. It is often used in contexts of physically restraining someone or something, or metaphorically in terms of obligation or prohibition.
                    Inflection:  Third Person, Singular, Aorist, Active, Indicative
                    Synonyms:  ΣΥΝΔΕΩ, ΚΑΤΑΔΕΩ
                    Etymology:  The verb 'δέω' (deō) comes from a Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'to bind' or 'to tie.' It is related to words in other Indo-European languages with similar meanings.
                 
                
                    G0846 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Pronoun, Adjective
                    Sounds like:  ow-TON
                    Translations:  him, it, them, himself, itself, the same
                    Notes:  This word is an inflection of the pronoun 'ΑΥΤΟΣ'. It can function as a personal pronoun meaning 'him' or 'it' (singular), or 'them' (plural). It can also be used as an intensive pronoun, meaning 'himself' or 'itself', emphasizing the subject. Additionally, when used with an article, it can function as an adjective meaning 'the same'. Its meaning depends on the context and whether it's used alone or with an article.
                    Inflection:  Accusative, Masculine or Neuter, Singular; or Accusative, Masculine, Plural
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G5438 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  foo-LAH-kay
                    Translations:  guard, a guard, prison, a prison, watch, a watch, custody, a custody, keeping, a keeping
                    Notes:  This word refers to a guard, a place of confinement like a prison, or the act of guarding or keeping. It can also denote a watch or a period of time during which a watch is kept, such as a night watch. It is used to describe both the person who guards and the place or action of guarding.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΡΙΟΝ, ΤΗΡΗΣΙΣ, ΦΡΟΥΡΑ
                    Etymology:  From the verb φυλάσσω (phylassō), meaning 'to guard, watch, or preserve'.
                 
                
                    G2266 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Proper Noun
                    Sounds like:  Hay-roh-dee-AH-dah
                    Translations:  Herodias
                    Notes:  This is the name of Herodias, a prominent woman in the New Testament, known for her role in the execution of John the Baptist. As a proper noun, it refers specifically to this individual.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Feminine
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G1135 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  goo-NAI-kah
                    Translations:  woman, a woman, wife, a wife
                    Notes:  This word refers to a female human being, an adult woman, or a wife. It is used to denote a woman in general or specifically a married woman in relation to her husband. In the provided examples, it is used in the plural form 'γυναίκας' meaning 'women' or 'wives'.
                    Inflection:  Accusative, Singular, Feminine
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G5376 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Proper Noun
                    Sounds like:  fee-LIP-poo
                    Translations:  (of) Philip
                    Notes:  This is the genitive singular form of the proper noun 'Philip'. It refers to a person named Philip and is used to indicate possession or origin, meaning 'of Philip' or 'Philip's'. It is a common name found in ancient Greek texts, including the New Testament and historical writings.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Masculine
                    
                    Etymology:  From Greek Φίλιππος (Philippos), meaning 'lover of horses' or 'fond of horses', derived from φίλος (philos, 'dear, beloved, loving') and ἵππος (hippos, 'horse').
                 
                
                    G3588, G3778 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Definite Article, Demonstrative Pronoun, Particle
                    Sounds like:  too
                    Translations:  of the, of him, of it, of this, to, in order to
                    Notes:  This word is a form of the definite article 'the' or a demonstrative pronoun 'this/that'. It is most commonly used to indicate possession or relationship, translating as 'of the' or 'of him/it'. It can also be used before an infinitive verb to express purpose, meaning 'to' or 'in order to'.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Masculine or Neuter
                    
                    Etymology:  The word 'Ο' (ho), from which 'ΤΟΥ' is derived, comes from Proto-Indo-European. It is an ancient word that has evolved to serve various grammatical functions in Greek.
                 
                
                    G0080 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  ah-del-FOO
                    Translations:  of a brother, of the brother, of a fellow believer, of a countryman, of a kinsman, of a neighbor
                    Notes:  This is the genitive singular form of the noun 'ἀδελφός' (adelphos), meaning 'brother'. It is used to indicate possession or relationship, often translated as 'of a brother' or 'belonging to a brother'. It can also refer to a fellow believer, countryman, kinsman, or neighbor in a broader sense.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΣΥΝΤΕΚΝΟΣ, ΣΥΓΓΕΝΗΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G0846 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Pronoun
                    Sounds like:  ow-TEN
                    Translations:  her, it, herself, itself
                    Notes:  This word is a scribal abbreviation for ΑΥΤΗΝ (autēn), which is the accusative singular feminine form of the pronoun ΑΥΤΟΣ (autos). It typically means 'her' or 'it' when referring to a feminine noun. It can also be used reflexively to mean 'herself' or 'itself'. In a sentence, it functions as the direct object.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Feminine
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G1060 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  eh-GAH-mee-sen
                    Translations:  he married, she married, it married, he took a wife, she took a husband
                    Notes:  This word is the third person singular aorist active indicative form of the verb γαμέω (gameō), meaning 'to marry' or 'to take a spouse'. It describes a completed action in the past, indicating that 'he', 'she', or 'it' performed the act of marrying. It can refer to either a man taking a wife or a woman taking a husband.
                    Inflection:  Third Person, Singular, Aorist, Active, Indicative
                    
                    Etymology:  The word γαμέω (gameō) comes from γάμος (gamos), meaning 'marriage' or 'wedding'. Its origin is uncertain, but it is an ancient Greek term for the institution of marriage.
                 
                
                    G2491 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Proper Noun
                    Sounds like:  ee-oh-AH-nays
                    Translations:  John
                    Notes:  This is a proper noun, referring to the personal name John. It is a common name in the New Testament, referring to several individuals, most notably John the Baptist and John the Apostle.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Masculine
                    
                    Etymology:  From Hebrew Yochanan, meaning 'Yahweh is gracious' or 'Yahweh has shown favor'. It was a common name among Jews in the Hellenistic period.
                 
                
                    G2264 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Proper Noun
                    Sounds like:  hay-ROH-day
                    Translations:  Herod, to Herod, for Herod
                    Notes:  This is the name Herod, a common name for several rulers of Judea mentioned in the New Testament. It is used here in the dative case, indicating the indirect object of an action, meaning 'to Herod' or 'for Herod'.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Dative, Masculine
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G1832 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ex-ES-tin
                    Translations:  it is lawful, it is permitted, it is possible, it is proper, it is right
                    Notes:  This is an impersonal verb meaning 'it is lawful' or 'it is permitted'. It is often used to express what is morally or legally permissible. It can be followed by an infinitive or a dative case to indicate for whom something is lawful or permitted.
                    Inflection:  Impersonal, Present, Indicative, Active, Third Person Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΕΞΟΝ, ΕΝΕΣΤΙΝ
                    Etymology:  From the preposition ἐκ (ek, 'out of') and the verb ἔστι (esti, 'it is'), literally meaning 'it is out of' or 'it is possible from'.
                 
                
                    G4771 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Pronoun
                    Sounds like:  SOY
                    Translations:  (to) you, (for) you, you
                    Notes:  This is the second-person singular dative pronoun in Koine Greek, meaning 'to you' or 'for you'. It can also simply translate as 'you' when the context implies a dative relationship, such as indirect object or a recipient of an action. It is used to indicate the person to whom something is given, said, or done, or for whom an action is performed. For example, 'I give to you' or 'I do this for you'.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Dative, Second Person
                    
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European. It is a very ancient pronoun, found across many Indo-European languages.
                 
                
                    G2192 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  EH-khee
                    Translations:  he has, she has, it has, he holds, she holds, it holds, he possesses, she possesses, it possesses, he is, she is, it is
                    Notes:  This word is the third person singular present active indicative form of the verb ἔχω (echō). It means 'he/she/it has,' 'holds,' or 'possesses.' It can also be used in a broader sense to mean 'is' or 'is in a certain state,' depending on the context. For example, it can describe a condition or a relationship.
                    Inflection:  Third Person, Singular, Present Tense, Active Voice, Indicative Mood
                    Synonyms:  ΚΡΑΤΩ, ΚΤΩΜΑΙ, ΕΙΜΙ
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European. It is a very common and ancient verb in Greek, with cognates in many other Indo-European languages.
                 
                
                    G4771 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Personal Pronoun
                    Sounds like:  soo
                    Translations:  of you, your, yours
                    Notes:  ΣΟΥ is the genitive singular form of the second-person personal pronoun 'you'. It indicates possession or relationship, similar to 'your' or 'of you' in English. It can be used to show that something belongs to the person being addressed, or to indicate the object of certain prepositions or verbs that take the genitive case.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, All genders
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G2266 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Proper Noun
                    Sounds like:  Heh-roh-DEE-as
                    Translations:  Herodias
                    Notes:  Herodias was the daughter of Aristobulus and Bernice, and granddaughter of Herod the Great. She was married first to Herod Philip I, and later to Herod Antipas, her uncle. She is known for her role in the execution of John the Baptist, as recounted in the New Testament.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Feminine
                    
                    Etymology:  From the Greek name Ἡρώδης (Herodes), meaning 'heroic' or 'son of a hero'. Herodias is the feminine form of this name.
                 
                
                    G1758 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  en-EI-khen
                    Translations:  was set against, had a grudge against, was hostile to, was enraged at, was incensed at
                    Notes:  This word describes a strong feeling of hostility or resentment held against someone. It implies a deep-seated grudge or anger that is actively maintained. In the provided context, it indicates that Herodias harbored a strong animosity towards him.
                    Inflection:  Imperfect, Active, Indicative, Third Person Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΟΡΓΙΖΟΜΑΙ, ΜΙΣΕΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G2309 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  EE-theh-len
                    Translations:  he wanted, she wanted, it wanted, he wished, she wished, it wished, he desired, she desired, it desired
                    Notes:  This word is a verb meaning 'to want', 'to wish', or 'to desire'. It is in the imperfect tense, indicating an ongoing, continuous, or repeated action in the past. It describes what someone was wanting or wishing to do.
                    Inflection:  Third person singular, Imperfect, Active, Indicative
                    Synonyms:  ΒΟΥΛΟΜΑΙ, ΕΠΙΘΥΜΩ
                    Etymology:  The word ΘΕΛΩ (thelo) comes from an ancient Greek root meaning 'to wish' or 'to be willing'.
                 
                
                    G0615 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ah-pok-TEE-nai
                    Translations:  to kill, to slay, to put to death
                    Notes:  This word is an infinitive form of the verb 'apokteino', meaning 'to kill' or 'to slay'. It describes the act of causing someone's death and is often used in contexts of violence or execution. The infinitive form indicates purpose or potential action, such as 'to kill' or 'for killing'.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Infinitive
                    Synonyms:  ΑΝΑΙΡΕΩ, ΦΟΝΕΥΩ
                    Etymology:  The word 'apokteino' is a compound verb formed from the preposition 'apo' (meaning 'from' or 'away from') and the verb 'kteino' (meaning 'to kill' or 'to slay'). The prefix 'apo' intensifies the action of killing, emphasizing the complete removal of life.
                 
                
                    G5399 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  eh-foh-BEY-toh
                    Translations:  feared, was fearing, was afraid, was terrified, was revering
                    Notes:  This word describes an action of fearing, being afraid, or showing reverence. It is often used to express a state of being in fear or awe of someone or something. It can also mean to be terrified or to hold in reverence, depending on the context.
                    Inflection:  Imperfect Indicative, Middle/Passive Voice, Third Person Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΔΕΙΔΩ, ΤΡΕΜΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G1492 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Participle
                    Sounds like:  EYE-dohs
                    Translations:  knowing, having known, having seen, perceiving, understanding, being aware
                    Notes:  This word is a perfect active participle, meaning 'having known' or 'knowing'. It describes someone who possesses knowledge or understanding, often as a result of prior experience or perception. It can function adjectivally, modifying a noun, or substantively, acting as a noun itself (e.g., 'the one who knows'). It is derived from the verb 'oida', which means 'to know' or 'to have seen'.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΓΙΝΩΣΚΩΝ, ΕΠΙΣΤΑΜΕΝΟΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G0435 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  AHN-drah
                    Translations:  man, a man, husband, a husband
                    Notes:  This word is an inflected form of the noun 'ΑΝΗΡ' (anēr), meaning 'man' or 'husband'. In this form, it functions as the direct object of a verb or preposition, indicating the person or thing receiving the action. It can refer to a male human being, a husband, or sometimes broadly to a person.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΑΝΘΡΩΠΟΣ, ΒΡΟΤΟΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G1342 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective
                    Sounds like:  dih-KAI-oh
                    Translations:  righteous, just, a righteous one, a just one
                    Notes:  This word describes someone or something that is righteous, just, or upright according to divine or moral standards. It refers to a person who acts in conformity with God's will or with what is considered right and fair. It can also describe actions or judgments that are just.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Masculine, Nominative or Accusative
                    Synonyms:  ΑΓΑΘΟΣ, ΕΥΣΕΒΗΣ
                    Etymology:  The word 'ΔΙΚΑΙΟΣ' (dikaios) is derived from 'ΔΙΚΗ' (dikē), meaning 'justice' or 'right'. It refers to that which conforms to justice or rightness.
                 
                
                    G0040 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective
                    Sounds like:  AH-gee-on
                    Translations:  holy, sacred, a holy thing, a sacred thing, set apart
                    Notes:  This word is an adjective meaning 'holy,' 'sacred,' or 'set apart.' It describes something that is consecrated to God, pure, or morally blameless. It can refer to places, objects, or people that are dedicated to divine service or possess a divine quality. In its neuter form, it can also refer to a 'holy thing' or 'sacred place.'
                    Inflection:  Nominative, Accusative, or Vocative; Singular; Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΟΣΙΟΣ, ΙΕΡΟΣ
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'to venerate' or 'to dread'. It refers to that which inspires awe and reverence, particularly in a religious context.
                 
                
                    G4933 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  soon-eh-tay-REH-ee
                    Translations:  was keeping, used to keep, was preserving, used to preserve, was observing, used to observe, was guarding, used to guard
                    Notes:  This is a compound verb formed from the preposition ΣΥΝ (SYN), meaning 'with' or 'together', and the verb ΤΗΡΕΩ (TĒREŌ), meaning 'to keep' or 'to guard'. The combined meaning is to keep or preserve carefully, often implying a close or continuous watch, or to keep something together. It describes an ongoing action in the past.
                    Inflection:  Imperfect, Active, Indicative, 3rd Person, Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΤΗΡΕΩ, ΦΥΛΑΣΣΩ, ΔΙΑΤΗΡΕΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G639 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  hay-POH-ray
                    Translations:  he was perplexed, he was at a loss, he was in doubt, he was puzzled
                    Notes:  This word describes a state of being perplexed, at a loss, or in doubt. It implies a feeling of being without a way forward or without a solution to a problem. It is often used to describe someone who is mentally distressed or uncertain about what to do or believe. The form ΗΠΟΡΕΙ is an inflected form of the verb ΑΠΟΡΕΩ.
                    Inflection:  Third Person Singular, Imperfect Indicative, Active Voice
                    Synonyms:  ΔΙΣΤΑΖΩ, ΑΜΦΙΒΑΛΛΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G2234 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adverb
                    Sounds like:  HAY-deh-ohs
                    Translations:  gladly, cheerfully, with pleasure, willingly
                    Notes:  This word is an adverb meaning 'gladly' or 'with pleasure'. It describes an action that is performed willingly, joyfully, or with a sense of delight. It indicates a positive disposition towards the action being taken.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΠΡΟΘΥΜΩΣ, ΕΥΦΡΟΣΥΝΩΣ
                    Etymology:  The word Ἡδέως is derived from the adjective Ἡδύς (hēdys), meaning 'sweet' or 'pleasant'. It describes something that is agreeable or delightful.
                 
                
                    G0191 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  EE-koo-eh
                    Translations:  he was hearing, he heard, she was hearing, she heard, it was hearing, it heard
                    Notes:  This word is a verb form meaning 'he/she/it was hearing' or 'he/she/it heard'. It describes an action of perceiving sound. It can be used in sentences to indicate that someone or something was in the process of listening or had completed the act of hearing something. It is an inflected form of the verb 'to hear'.
                    Inflection:  Third Person, Singular, Imperfect Indicative, Active Voice
                    Synonyms:  ΠΡΟΣΕΧΩ, ΥΠΑΚΟΥΩ
                    Etymology:  The word ΑΚΟΥΩ comes from Proto-Indo-European. It is related to words meaning 'to perceive' or 'to understand' through hearing.
                 
                
                    G1096 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Participle
                    Sounds like:  geh-no-MEH-nays
                    Translations:  (of) having become, (of) having happened, (of) being, (of) coming into existence, (of) being born, (of) being made
                    Notes:  This word is a participle derived from the verb 'γίνομαι' (ginomai), meaning 'to become,' 'to happen,' 'to come into existence,' or 'to be made.' As a participle, it describes an action that has already occurred or is in the process of occurring, often functioning like a verbal adjective or an adverbial clause. In this form, it indicates a feminine singular genitive relationship, often translated as 'of having become' or 'when it became' in a genitive absolute construction.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Feminine, Aorist Middle Participle
                    Synonyms:  ΓΕΝΕΣΘΑΙ, ΕΓΕΝΕΤΟ, ΓΕΝΟΜΕΝΟΝ
                    
                 
                
                    G2250 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  HEM-eh-ras
                    Translations:  day, a day, of day, of a day, days
                    Notes:  The word refers to a day, a period of 24 hours, or the daylight portion of a day. It is a feminine noun and can be used in various grammatical cases to indicate different relationships in a sentence. For example, it can denote a duration of time (e.g., 'three days') or a point in time (e.g., 'on that day').
                    Inflection:  Feminine, Genitive Singular or Accusative Plural
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G2119 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective
                    Sounds like:  yoo-KAI-roo
                    Translations:  opportune, seasonable, convenient, a convenient time, a suitable time
                    Notes:  This word describes something that is well-timed, suitable, or convenient. It refers to a moment or circumstance that is favorable for a particular action or event. It is often used to describe a 'convenient time' or 'opportune moment' for something to happen.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Masculine or Feminine or Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΚΑΙΡΙΟΣ, ΕΠΙΤΗΔΕΙΟΣ, ΠΡΟΣΦΟΡΟΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G3753 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adverb
                    Sounds like:  OH-teh
                    Translations:  when, whenever, at which time
                    Notes:  This word functions as a temporal adverb or conjunction, indicating a point or period in time. It is used to introduce a clause that specifies when an action occurs or occurred, similar to 'when' or 'whenever' in English. It can refer to a specific past event or a general, recurring condition.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΗΝΙΚΑ, ΟΠΟΤΕ
                    Etymology:  From the demonstrative pronoun 'ho' (the) and the particle 'te' (then, at that time). It originally meant 'at that time when'.
                 
                
                    G1077 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  geh-NEH-see-oys
                    Translations:  birthday, birthday feast, nativity, (to) a birthday, (to) a birthday feast, (to) a nativity
                    Notes:  This word refers to a birthday celebration or a feast held on a birthday. It can also refer more generally to a nativity or origin. In the provided context, it is used in the dative plural, indicating 'to' or 'for' birthday celebrations.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Dative, Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΓΕΝΕΘΛΙΑ
                    Etymology:  From the Greek word γένεσις (genesis), meaning 'origin' or 'birth', which itself comes from the verb γίγνομαι (gignomai), meaning 'to become' or 'to be born'.
                 
                
                    G1173 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  DEIP-non
                    Translations:  dinner, a dinner, supper, a supper, feast, a feast
                    Notes:  This word refers to the main meal of the day, typically eaten in the evening, often a more substantial and formal meal than breakfast or lunch. It can also refer to a banquet or a feast, especially in a celebratory context.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΕΥΩΧΙΑ, ΔΟΧΗ
                    Etymology:  From an uncertain root, possibly related to a word meaning 'to eat' or 'to take a meal'.
                 
                
                    G4160 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  eh-POY-ee-seh
                    Translations:  he made, he did, he performed, he produced
                    Notes:  This is the third person singular, aorist active indicative form of the verb 'poieō'. It means 'he made' or 'he did'. It describes a completed action in the past, performed by a single male or neuter subject. It is a very common verb used to describe a wide range of actions, from creating something to performing a deed or carrying out a command.
                    Inflection:  Third Person, Singular, Aorist, Active, Indicative
                    Synonyms:  ΠΡΑΤΤΩ, ΕΡΓΑΖΟΜΑΙ, ΤΙΘΗΜΙ
                    Etymology:  The word 'poieō' comes from Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'to make' or 'to do'. It is a fundamental verb in Greek, indicating creation, action, or performance.
                 
                
                    G3176 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  meh-GISS-tah-sin
                    Translations:  (to) great ones, (to) nobles, (to) magnates, (to) chief men
                    Notes:  This word refers to the greatest or most important people, often used to denote nobles, magnates, or chief men in a kingdom or society. It is derived from the superlative form of the adjective 'great'. In the provided examples, it is used in the dative case, indicating 'to' or 'for' these individuals.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Dative, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΑΡΧΟΝΤΕΣ, ΔΥΝΑΤΟΙ, ΠΡΩΤΟΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G5506 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  khee-lee-AR-khoys
                    Translations:  (to) chiliarchs, (to) commanders of a thousand, (to) tribunes
                    Notes:  This word refers to military commanders, specifically those in charge of a thousand soldiers, similar to a tribune in the Roman army. It is a compound word formed from 'chilia' (thousand) and 'archos' (ruler/leader). It is used to describe the leaders to whom an action is directed or with whom an interaction occurs.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Dative, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΣΤΡΑΤΗΓΟΙ, ΗΓΕΜΟΝΕΣ, ΑΡΧΟΝΤΕΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G4413 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective
                    Sounds like:  PRO-toyss
                    Translations:  first, foremost, chief, principal, a first, the first
                    Notes:  This word describes something that is first in time, order, rank, or importance. It can refer to the very first thing, or to something that is preeminent or chief among others. In the provided examples, it is used to refer to 'the first ones' or 'the first things'.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Dative, Masculine or Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΠΡΩΤΟΣ, ΑΡΧΗ, ΠΡΩΤΕΥΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G1056 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Proper Noun
                    Sounds like:  gah-li-LAI-as
                    Translations:  of Galilee
                    Notes:  Galilee is a region in northern ancient Israel, known for its fertile land and significant role in the New Testament as the primary area where Jesus lived and carried out much of his ministry. It was a diverse region, home to both Jews and Gentiles.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Feminine
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G2064 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  el-THOO-ses
                    Translations:  of having come, of having gone, of coming, of going
                    Notes:  This word is a participle form of the verb 'to come' or 'to go'. It describes an action that has already occurred or is in the process of occurring, functioning like an adjective or adverb in a sentence. As a genitive form, it often indicates possession, origin, or the subject of a dependent clause.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Participle, Singular, Genitive, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΗΚΩ, ΒΑΙΝΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G1525 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  eis-el-THOO-ses
                    Translations:  of having entered, of having come in, of entering, of coming in
                    Notes:  This word is the genitive singular feminine form of the aorist active participle of the verb 'eiserchomai', meaning 'to go in' or 'to enter'. It describes an action of entering that has already occurred, and it functions adjectivally or substantively, often indicating possession or relationship. For example, it could be translated as 'of the one who entered' or 'of her who came in'.
                    Inflection:  Participle, Aorist, Active, Genitive, Singular, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΕΛΘΟΥΣΗΣ, ΕΙΣΒΑΙΝΟΥΣΗΣ
                    Etymology:  From the preposition ΕΙΣ (eis, 'into') and the verb ΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ (erchomai, 'to come, to go').
                 
                
                    G2364 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  thoo-GAH-tros
                    Translations:  of a daughter, of daughter
                    Notes:  This word is a noun referring to a female offspring, specifically a daughter. It is used here in the genitive case, indicating possession or relationship, often translated with 'of' in English. For example, it could mean 'of the daughter' or 'belonging to a daughter'.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Feminine
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G2266 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Proper Noun
                    Sounds like:  hay-roh-dee-AH-doss
                    Translations:  of Herodias
                    Notes:  Herodias was a prominent woman in the Herodian dynasty, known for her role in the execution of John the Baptist. She was the wife of Herod Antipas, the tetrarch of Galilee and Perea. This form of the word indicates possession or origin, meaning 'belonging to Herodias' or 'of Herodias'.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Feminine
                    
                    Etymology:  From the Greek name Ἡρώδης (Herodes), meaning 'heroic' or 'son of a hero'. Herodias was a member of the Herodian dynasty.
                 
                
                    G3738 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  or-khe-sa-MEH-nes
                    Translations:  having danced, when she danced, she who danced
                    Notes:  This word is a participle derived from the verb 'orcheomai', meaning 'to dance'. It describes an action of dancing that has already occurred, often indicating the subject who performed the action. It is typically used to modify a noun or pronoun, providing additional information about them in a sentence.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Middle Voice, Participle, Singular, Feminine, Genitive
                    
                    Etymology:  The word 'orcheomai' is of uncertain origin, possibly related to 'orchis' (row of trees, testicle), perhaps referring to rhythmic movement or arrangement.
                 
                
                    G0700 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  EE-reh-sen
                    Translations:  it pleased, it was pleasing, it was agreeable, it was acceptable
                    Notes:  This word is the aorist active indicative third person singular form of the verb 'aresko'. It means 'it pleased' or 'it was pleasing' and describes an action that was agreeable or acceptable to someone in the past. It is often used impersonally, indicating that something was pleasing to a person or group.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Indicative, Third Person, Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΕΥΔΟΚΕΩ, ΣΥΝΑΡΕΣΚΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G4876 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  soon-ah-nah-KAY-meh-noys
                    Translations:  to those reclining with, to those eating with, to those feasting with, to those dining with
                    Notes:  This word is a compound verb, formed from 'σύν' (with), 'ἀνά' (up, again), and 'κεῖμαι' (to lie, to recline). It refers to the act of reclining together at a meal, which was the common posture for dining in ancient times. It is used to describe people who are sharing a meal or feasting together, often implying companionship or fellowship during the meal.
                    Inflection:  Present, Middle/Passive, Participle, Dative, Plural, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΣΥΝΕΣΘΙΩ, ΣΥΜΠΟΤΗΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G2036 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  EYE-peh
                    Translations:  he said, she said, it said, he spoke, she spoke, it spoke
                    Notes:  This is the third person singular aorist active indicative form of the verb 'to say' or 'to speak'. It describes a completed action in the past, indicating that someone (he, she, or it) said or spoke something. It is a common verb used to introduce direct or indirect speech.
                    Inflection:  Third Person, Singular, Aorist, Active, Indicative
                    Synonyms:  ΛΑΛΕΩ, ΦΗΜΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G2877 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  kor-ah-SEE-oh
                    Translations:  (to) girls, (to) young women, (to) maidens
                    Notes:  This word refers to young girls or maidens. It is used here in the dative plural, indicating the indirect object of an action, meaning 'to' or 'for' girls/young women. It is a diminutive form, often implying a young age.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Dative, Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΠΑΙΔΙΟΝ, ΘΥΓΑΤΗΡ
                    
                 
                
                    G0154 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ai-TEE-sai
                    Translations:  ask, ask for, request, beg, demand, seek, a request
                    Notes:  This word is a form of the verb 'to ask' or 'to request'. It can be used to express a simple request, a demand, or even begging, depending on the context. It implies seeking something from someone, often with a sense of entitlement or urgency.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Middle Voice, Imperative, Second Person Singular; or Aorist, Middle Voice, Infinitive
                    Synonyms:  ΕΡΩΤΑΩ, ΖΗΤΕΩ, ΔΕΟΜΑΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G1691 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Pronoun
                    Sounds like:  MEH
                    Translations:  me
                    Notes:  This word is the first-person singular pronoun 'me' in the accusative case. It is used as the direct object of a verb or as the object of certain prepositions, indicating the recipient of an action or the object being affected.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, First Person
                    
                    Etymology:  The word ΜΕ (me) derives from the ancient Greek first-person singular pronoun. Its form has remained largely consistent throughout various stages of the Greek language.
                 
                
                    G2309 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  THEH-lays
                    Translations:  you wish, you will, you desire, you want
                    Notes:  This is a verb form meaning 'you wish' or 'you want'. It describes the act of desiring or intending something. It can be used in sentences like 'you wish to go' or 'you desire to do this'.
                    Inflection:  Second Person, Singular, Aorist, Active, Subjunctive
                    Synonyms:  ΒΟΥΛΟΜΑΙ, ΕΠΙΘΥΜΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G1325 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  DOH-soh
                    Translations:  I will give, I will grant, I will bestow, I will put, I will place
                    Notes:  This word is the first person singular future active indicative form of the verb 'δίδωμι' (didomi), meaning 'to give'. It indicates an action that the speaker will perform in the future, such as 'I will give' or 'I will grant'. It is commonly used to express promises, intentions, or future actions of giving or providing something.
                    Inflection:  Future Active Indicative, 1st Person Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΔΩΣΕΙ, ΔΩΣΟΜΕΝ
                    Etymology:  The word 'δίδωμι' (didomi) comes from the Proto-Indo-European root *deh₃- meaning 'to give'. It is a reduplicated present stem, a common feature in ancient Greek verbs.
                 
                
                    G3660 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  OH-moh-sen
                    Translations:  he swore, she swore, it swore, he took an oath, she took an oath, it took an oath
                    Notes:  This word is a verb meaning 'to swear' or 'to take an oath'. It describes the act of making a solemn promise, often invoking a divine witness or a sacred object. It is typically used in contexts where someone is making a binding declaration or commitment.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Indicative, Active, Third Person Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΟΡΚΙΖΩ, ΕΠΙΟΡΚΕΩ
                    Etymology:  The root verb ΟΜΝΥΜΙ (OMNYMI) is of uncertain origin, possibly related to a root meaning 'to bind' or 'to confirm'.
                 
                
                    G0846 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Pronoun
                    Sounds like:  OW-tay
                    Translations:  she, her, it, this, that, the same
                    Notes:  This word is a pronoun, specifically the feminine nominative singular form of 'ΑΥΤΟΣ'. It can function as a personal pronoun meaning 'she', 'her', or 'it', or as a demonstrative pronoun meaning 'this' or 'that'. When used intensively, it can mean 'the same' or 'herself'. It agrees in gender, number, and case with the noun it refers to.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΕΚΕΙΝΗ
                    
                 
                
                    G0155 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  ai-TEE-sees
                    Translations:  (of) a request, (of) a petition, (of) a desire
                    Notes:  This word refers to a request, petition, or desire. It is used to describe an act of asking for something, often with a sense of earnestness or humility. It can be used in contexts where someone is making a formal plea or expressing a deep longing.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΔΕΗΣΕΩΣ, ΕΝΤΕΥΞΕΩΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G2255 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective
                    Sounds like:  hay-MEE-soos
                    Translations:  of half, a half
                    Notes:  This word means 'half' and is used to describe a portion or division of something. It functions as an adjective, indicating that something is divided into two equal parts. It can be used to refer to half of a quantity, time, or any other measurable entity.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Masculine or Neuter
                    
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'half'.
                 
                
                    G0932 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  bah-see-LEH-ee-ahs
                    Translations:  of a kingdom, of a kingship, of a reign, of a royal power, of a realm, of a royal dominion, of a royal rule
                    Notes:  This word refers to a kingdom, kingship, or royal power. It describes the domain or authority of a king, or the act of reigning. It is often used in the New Testament to refer to the 'kingdom of God' or 'kingdom of heaven'.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΒΑΣΙΛΕΥΣ, ΒΑΣΙΛΕΙΟΝ
                    
                 
                
                    G1700 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Pronoun
                    Sounds like:  moo
                    Translations:  of me, my, mine
                    Notes:  ΜΟΥ is the genitive singular form of the first-person personal pronoun, meaning "of me," "my," or "mine." It indicates possession or origin, similar to how "my" or "mine" is used in English. It can be used with nouns to show ownership (e.g., "my house") or with verbs to indicate the source or object of an action (e.g., "he heard of me").
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Common Gender
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G1831 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Participle
                    Sounds like:  ex-el-THOO-sa
                    Translations:  having gone out, having come out, going out, coming out
                    Notes:  This word is a participle derived from the verb 'exerchomai', meaning 'to go out' or 'to come out'. As a participle, it describes an action that has already occurred or is occurring, functioning like an adjective or adverb. In this form, 'exelthousa' specifically refers to a feminine subject who has performed the action of going or coming out.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Participle, Nominative, Singular, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΑΠΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΕΚΒΑΙΝΩ, ΕΚΠΟΡΕΥΟΜΑΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G3384 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  MEE-tree
                    Translations:  (to) mother, (to) a mother
                    Notes:  This word is the dative singular form of the noun 'mother'. It indicates the recipient or indirect object of an action, meaning 'to a mother' or 'for a mother'. It is used when something is given to, said to, or done for a mother.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Dative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΜΑΜΜΗ
                    
                 
                
                    G0846 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Pronoun
                    Sounds like:  ow-TEES
                    Translations:  of her, of it, her, its
                    Notes:  This word is a pronoun meaning 'of her' or 'of it', referring to a feminine noun or concept. It is used to indicate possession or relationship, similar to the English 'her' or 'its' when referring to a feminine antecedent. For example, 'the house of her' or 'her house'.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Feminine
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G5101 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Pronoun, Adjective
                    Sounds like:  TEE
                    Translations:  what, why, what kind of, how much, something, anything, a certain thing
                    Notes:  This word is the neuter singular form of the interrogative/indefinite pronoun 'τίς'. It can be used to ask 'what?' or 'why?', or to refer to 'something' or 'anything' in an indefinite sense. When used as an adjective, it means 'what kind of' or 'how much'.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative
                    
                    Etymology:  The word 'ΤΙ' originates from Proto-Indo-European, serving as the neuter singular form of the interrogative/indefinite pronoun.
                 
                
                    G0154 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ai-TAY-so-mai
                    Translations:  I will ask, I will request, I will demand, I will beg
                    Notes:  This word is a verb form indicating a future action of asking or requesting. It implies a personal request or demand, often with a sense of urgency or a right to ask. It is used when someone seeks something for themselves.
                    Inflection:  First Person, Singular, Middle Voice, Future Indicative
                    Synonyms:  ΕΡΩΤΑΩ, ΖΗΤΕΩ
                    Etymology:  The word ΑΙΤΕΩ is of uncertain origin, possibly related to a Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'to ask' or 'to seek'. It has been present in Greek from ancient times.
                 
                
                    G2036 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  EYE-pen
                    Translations:  he said, she said, it said, he spoke, she spoke, it spoke
                    Notes:  This is a verb meaning 'to say' or 'to speak'. It is used to report what someone has said in the past. For example, 'he said' or 'she spoke'. It is a common way to introduce direct or indirect speech in a narrative.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Indicative, 3rd Person, Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΛΕΓΩ, ΦΗΜΙ, ΛΑΛΕΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G2776 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  keh-fah-LAYN
                    Translations:  head, a head
                    Notes:  This word is a scribal abbreviation for ΚΕΦΑΛΗΝ (kephalēn), meaning 'head'. It refers to the anatomical part of the body. In ancient Greek, it could also be used metaphorically to refer to a chief, leader, or the top/summit of something. As an accusative noun, it typically functions as the direct object of a verb or the object of certain prepositions.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  KORYPHE, KEPHALIS
                    Etymology:  The word ΚΕΦΑΛΗ (kephalē) comes from Proto-Indo-European. It is related to words for 'head' in other Indo-European languages.
                 
                
                    G2491 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Proper Noun
                    Sounds like:  ee-oh-AN-noo
                    Translations:  of John
                    Notes:  This is the genitive form of the proper noun 'John'. It refers to the well-known biblical figure, John the Baptist, or other individuals named John. In a sentence, it would indicate possession or origin, such as 'the son of John' or 'the book of John'.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Masculine
                    
                    Etymology:  The name 'John' is derived from the Hebrew name 'Yochanan', meaning 'Yahweh is gracious' or 'God is gracious'. It was a common name in ancient Israel and became prominent through figures like John the Baptist and John the Apostle.
                 
                
                    G0907 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb, Participle
                    Sounds like:  bap-TI-zon-tos
                    Translations:  of baptizing, of one baptizing, of the one baptizing
                    Notes:  This word is a participle derived from the verb 'baptizo', meaning 'to baptize' or 'to immerse'. As a genitive participle, it describes the action of 'one who is baptizing' or 'the act of baptizing' and functions like an adjective or noun in the genitive case, often indicating possession or relationship. For example, it could refer to 'the one who baptizes' or 'of the baptizer'.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Masculine, Present, Active, Participle
                    Synonyms:  ΒΑΠΤΩ, ΕΜΒΑΠΤΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G2064 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb (Participle)
                    Sounds like:  el-THOO-sah
                    Translations:  having come, having gone, having arrived, having entered, having gone forth, having gone out, having come out, having come forth, having come in, having come upon, having gone up
                    Notes:  This word is a feminine, singular, nominative participle derived from the verb 'ΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ' (ERCHOMAI), meaning 'to come' or 'to go'. As a participle, it describes an action that has already occurred, functioning like an adjective or adverb to modify a noun or verb. It indicates that a female subject has completed the action of coming or going. Its specific meaning can vary depending on the prefix of the compound verb it's derived from (e.g., 'ἐξελθοῦσα' for 'having gone out', 'ἐπελθοῦσα' for 'having come upon').
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Feminine, Aorist Active Participle
                    Synonyms:  ΒΑΙΝΟΥΣΑ, ΙΟΥΣΑ
                    Etymology:  The root verb ΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ (ERCHOMAI) is of uncertain origin, possibly from a Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'to move' or 'to go'.
                 
                
                    G1525 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ice-el-THOO-sah
                    Translations:  having entered, having come in, entering, coming in
                    Notes:  This word is a feminine, singular, nominative aorist active participle of the verb 'eiserchomai', meaning 'to go in' or 'to enter'. It describes an action of entering that has already occurred, performed by a feminine subject. It is often used to indicate the completion of an action before another action takes place.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Feminine, Aorist, Active, Participle
                    Synonyms:  ΕΙΣΠΟΡΕΥΟΜΑΙ, ΕΙΣΒΑΙΝΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G2112 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adverb, Adjective
                    Sounds like:  EW-thys
                    Translations:  immediately, straightway, forthwith, at once, directly, straight, right, direct, a straight, a right
                    Notes:  ΕΥΘΥΣ can function as an adverb meaning 'immediately' or 'straightway', indicating something happens without delay. It can also function as an adjective meaning 'straight', 'right', or 'direct', describing a path, a person's character, or a judgment. Its meaning often depends on the context in which it is used.
                    Inflection:  Adverb (does not inflect); Adjective (Nominative, Masculine or Feminine, Singular)
                    Synonyms:  ΠΑΡΑΧΡΗΜΑ, ΑΥΤΙΚΑ, ΕΥΘΕΩΣ
                    Etymology:  From a primary particle meaning 'straight'. It conveys the idea of directness, either in space (straight line) or time (immediately).
                 
                
                    G3326 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Preposition, Adverb
                    Sounds like:  MEH-tah
                    Translations:  with, among, after, behind, afterward, besides
                    Notes:  ΜΕΤΑ is a versatile word that functions as both a preposition and an adverb. As a preposition, its meaning depends on the case of the noun it governs: when followed by a genitive noun, it means 'with' or 'among', indicating association or presence; when followed by an accusative noun, it means 'after' or 'behind', indicating sequence or pursuit. As an adverb, it typically means 'afterward' or 'besides'. It is a very common word in Koine Greek.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΣΥΝ, ΟΠΙΣΩ
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European *met- 'in the middle, among, with'. It is cognate with English 'mid' and 'middle'.
                 
                
                    G4710 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  spoo-DEHS
                    Translations:  (of) diligence, (of) haste, (of) earnestness, (of) zeal, (of) eagerness
                    Notes:  This word refers to a state of earnestness, diligence, or eagerness. It can also denote speed or haste in action. It is used to describe the quality of being diligent or the act of doing something quickly and with great effort.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΤΑΧΟΣ, ΕΠΙΜΕΛΕΙΑ, ΖΗΛΟΣ
                    Etymology:  The word σπουδή (spoudē) is derived from the verb σπεύδω (speudō), meaning 'to hasten' or 'to be eager'. It refers to the quality of being quick or earnest in action.
                 
                
                    G0935 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  bah-see-LEH-ah
                    Translations:  king, a king
                    Notes:  This word refers to a king, monarch, or ruler. It is used to denote the sovereign head of a state or people. In its accusative form, it typically functions as the direct object of a verb or the object of a preposition.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΑΡΧΩΝ, ΚΥΡΙΟΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G0154 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ee-TAY-sah-toh
                    Translations:  he asked, she asked, it asked, he requested, she requested, it requested, he demanded, she demanded, it demanded
                    Notes:  This word is the third person singular, aorist middle/passive indicative form of the verb 'aiteo'. It describes an action of asking, requesting, or demanding that occurred in the past, with the subject performing the action for themselves (middle voice) or having the action done to them (passive voice), though in this specific form, it's more commonly used in the middle voice to mean 'he/she/it asked for himself/herself/itself'.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Middle/Passive Voice, Indicative Mood, 3rd Person, Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΕΡΩΤΑΩ, ΖΗΤΕΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G3004 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb, Participle
                    Sounds like:  leh-GOO-sah
                    Translations:  saying, speaking, telling, a woman saying
                    Notes:  This word is a present active participle, indicating an ongoing action. It is in the feminine, singular, and nominative case, meaning it describes a female subject who is in the act of saying, speaking, or telling something. It functions like an adjective, modifying a noun or pronoun, or can be used substantively (as a noun) to refer to 'the one who is saying'.
                    Inflection:  Present Active Participle, Singular, Nominative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΛΑΛΟΥΣΑ, ΦΩΝΟΥΣΑ
                    
                 
                
                    G2309 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  THEH-loh
                    Translations:  to wish, to want, to desire, to will, to intend, to be willing
                    Notes:  This verb expresses a desire, intention, or willingness to do something. It can be used to indicate a strong personal wish or a divine will. It often takes an infinitive to complete its meaning, indicating what is wished or willed.
                    Inflection:  Present, Active, Indicative, First Person Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΒΟΥΛΟΜΑΙ, ΕΠΙΘΥΜΩ
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European *gʷhelh₁- (to want, wish). It is related to the English word 'will' (as in 'free will').
                 
                
                    G1824 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adverb
                    Sounds like:  ex-ow-TACE
                    Translations:  immediately, at once, forthwith, straightway
                    Notes:  This word is an adverbial phrase formed from the preposition 'ἐκ' (ex, meaning 'from' or 'out of') and the genitive feminine singular form of the pronoun 'αὐτός' (autos, meaning 'self' or 'same'). When combined, it functions as an adverb of time, indicating that something happens without delay or hesitation. It conveys a sense of instant action or occurrence.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect (adverbial phrase)
                    Synonyms:  ΕΥΘΕΩΣ, ΠΑΡΑΧΡΗΜΑ
                    
                 
                
                    G1325 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  DOHS
                    Translations:  Give, Grant, Bestow
                    Notes:  This is the second person singular aorist active imperative form of the verb δίδωμι (didomi), meaning 'to give' or 'to grant'. It is used as a direct command to a single person, instructing them to give or bestow something. For example, it might be used in a prayer or a plea, 'Give us this day...' or 'Grant us peace.'
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Imperative, 2nd Person, Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΔΙΔΟΥ, ΠΑΡΑΣΧΟΥ, ΧΑΡΙΣΑΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G1473 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Pronoun
                    Sounds like:  MOY
                    Translations:  (to) me, (for) me
                    Notes:  ΜΟΙ is the dative form of the first-person singular pronoun 'I'. It is used to indicate the indirect object of a verb, showing to whom or for whom an action is performed. It can also express possession or benefit.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Dative, First Person
                    Synonyms:  ΕΜΟΙ
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European. It is a very ancient word, found across many Indo-European languages.
                 
                
                    G1909 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Preposition, Adverb
                    Sounds like:  EP-ee
                    Translations:  on, upon, over, to, against, at, in, by, for, concerning, during, after, of, a
                    Notes:  This word is a very common preposition and adverb in Koine Greek. As a preposition, its meaning changes significantly depending on the case of the noun it governs. With the genitive case, it often means 'on,' 'upon,' 'over,' 'in the time of,' or 'concerning.' With the dative case, it can mean 'on,' 'at,' 'by,' 'for,' or 'in addition to.' With the accusative case, it typically means 'to,' 'against,' 'upon,' 'over,' or 'for the purpose of.' It is also frequently used as a prefix in compound words, adding a sense of 'upon,' 'over,' 'to,' or 'in addition.'
                    Inflection:  Governs Genitive, Dative, and Accusative cases. Does not inflect itself.
                    Synonyms:  ΠΡΟΣ, ΥΠΕΡ, ΚΑΤΑ
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European *opi, meaning 'on, near, against'. It is cognate with Latin ob and Sanskrit api.
                 
                
                    G4094 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  PI-na-kee
                    Translations:  board, tablet, plate, a board, a tablet, a plate
                    Notes:  This word refers to a flat piece of wood or other material, such as a board, tablet, or plate. It can be used for writing, serving food, or as a decorative panel. It is a common noun and its meaning can vary slightly depending on the context.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Dative, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΔΕΛΤΟΣ, ΓΡΑΜΜΑΤΕΙΟΝ
                    Etymology:  The word ΠΙΝΑΞ (pinax) is of uncertain origin, possibly pre-Greek. It refers to a flat board or tablet.
                 
                
                    G2776 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  keh-fah-LEEN
                    Translations:  head, a head
                    Notes:  This word refers to the physical head of a body. It can also be used metaphorically to denote a leader, chief, or origin, depending on the context, such as 'the head of a household' or 'the head of a river'.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Feminine
                    
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European. It is related to words meaning 'head' or 'top' in other Indo-European languages.
                 
                
                    G0907 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  bap-tis-TOO
                    Translations:  (of) a baptizer, (of) the Baptist
                    Notes:  This word refers to someone who baptizes or performs a ritual immersion. In the New Testament, it is most commonly used to refer to John the Baptist, who baptized Jesus and preached repentance. It is used in a possessive or descriptive sense, indicating 'belonging to' or 'of' a baptizer.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Masculine
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G4036 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective
                    Sounds like:  peh-REE-loo-poss
                    Translations:  very sorrowful, exceedingly sorrowful, deeply grieved, sad
                    Notes:  This word is a compound adjective formed from 'περί' (peri), meaning 'around' or 'exceedingly', and 'λύπη' (lype), meaning 'grief' or 'sorrow'. It describes a state of intense or profound sadness, indicating someone who is overwhelmed by grief or sorrow. It is used to emphasize a deep emotional state.
                    Inflection:  Nominative, Singular, Masculine or Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΛΥΠΗΡΟΣ, ΣΚΥΘΡΩΠΟΣ, ΣΤΥΓΝΟΣ
                    Etymology:  The word ΠΕΡΙΛΥΠΟΣ is a compound of the preposition περί (peri), meaning 'around, about, exceedingly', and the noun λύπη (lype), meaning 'grief, sorrow'.
                 
                
                    G1096 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Participle
                    Sounds like:  geh-NO-meh-nos
                    Translations:  having become, being, happened, arisen, a having become, a being
                    Notes:  This word is an aorist middle participle of the verb 'γίνομαι' (ginomai), meaning 'to become', 'to happen', or 'to come into being'. As a participle, it functions like an adjective or adverb, describing an action that has already occurred or is completed in relation to the main verb of the sentence. It can be translated as 'having become', 'being', or 'when he/it became'. It often indicates a state or condition resulting from a past action.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Middle, Participle, Nominative, Masculine, Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΕΓΕΝΕΤΟ, ΕΓΕΝΗΘΗ
                    
                 
                
                    G3727 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  OR-koos
                    Translations:  oaths
                    Notes:  This word refers to solemn promises or declarations, often made with an appeal to a divine being or a sacred object. It is used to denote a formal pledge or a sworn statement. In a sentence, it would typically function as the object of a verb, indicating what is being sworn or pledged.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Accusative, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΟΜΟΛΟΓΙΑ, ΣΥΝΘΗΚΗ
                    
                 
                
                    G4876 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Participle, Noun
                    Sounds like:  soo-nah-nah-KAY-meh-noos
                    Translations:  those reclining with, fellow guests, those eating with
                    Notes:  This word is a compound participle, formed from the prefix 'συν-' (syn-, meaning 'with' or 'together'), 'ἀνά' (ana-, meaning 'up' or 'again'), and 'κεῖμαι' (keimai, meaning 'to lie' or 'to recline'). It refers to people who are reclining together, typically at a meal, as was the custom in ancient times. It is often translated as 'fellow guests' or 'those who are eating with' someone.
                    Inflection:  Accusative, Plural, Masculine, Present, Middle/Passive Participle
                    Synonyms:  ΣΥΝΔΕΙΠΝΟΣ, ΣΥΝΕΣΘΙΩΝ
                    Etymology:  The word is a compound of three elements: 'συν-' (syn-), meaning 'with' or 'together'; 'ἀνά' (ana-), meaning 'up' or 'again'; and 'κεῖμαι' (keimai), meaning 'to lie' or 'to recline'. The combination describes the act of lying down together, especially at a meal.
                 
                
                    G2309 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ee-THEL-ee-sen
                    Translations:  he wished, he desired, he wanted, he intended, he purposed, he was willing
                    Notes:  This word is a verb indicating a past action of wishing, desiring, wanting, or intending. It describes someone's will or purpose. It can be used to express a strong inclination or a deliberate decision made by a subject.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Indicative, Active, 3rd Person Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΒΟΥΛΟΜΑΙ, ΕΠΙΘΥΜΕΩ
                    Etymology:  The word θέλω (thelo) is of uncertain origin, possibly related to an Indo-European root meaning 'to wish' or 'to will'.
                 
                
                    G0114 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ah-the-TEH-sai
                    Translations:  to reject, to set aside, to make void, to nullify, to disannul, to despise, to repudiate, to violate
                    Notes:  This word describes the act of rejecting something, setting it aside, or treating it as invalid or worthless. It implies a strong dismissal or a failure to uphold an agreement or law, often with a sense of contempt or disregard.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Infinitive
                    Synonyms:  ΑΘΕΤΕΩ, ΑΚΥΡΟΩ, ΑΠΟΔΟΚΙΜΑΖΩ
                    Etymology:  The word comes from the Greek prefix 'a-' (meaning 'not' or 'without') and 'θετός' (meaning 'placed' or 'established'). Thus, it literally means 'not placed' or 'not established', conveying the idea of setting aside or making void.
                 
                
                    G0846 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Pronoun
                    Sounds like:  ow-TEEN
                    Translations:  her, it, this, that
                    Notes:  This word is a third-person pronoun, meaning 'her' or 'it' when referring to a feminine noun. It is used in the accusative case, indicating that the feminine noun it refers to is the direct object of a verb or the object of a preposition. It can also function as an intensive pronoun, meaning 'herself' or 'itself', or as a demonstrative pronoun, meaning 'this' or 'that'.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Feminine
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G4688 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  speh-koo-LAH-toh-rah
                    Translations:  executioner, a bodyguard, a scout, a spy
                    Notes:  This word is a Latin loanword in Koine Greek, referring to a 'speculator'. In a military or official context, it typically denotes a member of a special guard or a scout. In the New Testament, it is specifically used to mean an executioner, often a member of the emperor's or a ruler's bodyguard who carried out death sentences.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΔΗΜΙΟΣ, ΚΟΥΣΤΩΣ
                    Etymology:  This word is a direct transliteration of the Latin word 'speculator', which means 'observer', 'spy', or 'scout'. It derives from the Latin verb 'speculari', meaning 'to observe' or 'to spy'.
                 
                
                    G4688 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  spek-LA-toh-ra
                    Translations:  a speculator, a guard, an executioner, a courier
                    Notes:  This word is a loanword from Latin 'speculator'. It refers to a member of a special guard or courier unit, often serving as an executioner or a spy. In the New Testament, it is primarily used to denote a member of the royal guard who also carried out executions.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΔΗΜΙΟΣ, ΦΡΟΥΡΟΣ
                    Etymology:  The word ΣΠΕΚΛΑΤΩΡ (speculator) is a direct transliteration of the Latin word 'speculator', which means 'observer', 'spy', or 'scout'. It is derived from the Latin verb 'speculari', meaning 'to observe' or 'to spy'.
                 
                
                    G2002 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  eh-peh-TAH-xen
                    Translations:  commanded, ordered, enjoined
                    Notes:  This word is the third person singular aorist active indicative form of the verb 'ἐπιτάσσω' (epitassō), meaning 'to command' or 'to order'. It describes an action that was completed in the past, indicating that someone gave a command or issued an order. It is often used when a person in authority gives instructions.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Indicative, 3rd Person, Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΚΕΛΕΥΩ, ΠΡΟΣΤΑΤΤΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G5342 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  en-EN-ke
                    Translations:  bring, carry, bear, lead, endure, produce, offer
                    Notes:  This word is an aorist active imperative form of the verb 'φέρω' (phero), meaning 'to bring' or 'to carry'. It is a command to a single person to perform the action of bringing or carrying something. It can also imply enduring or producing, depending on the context.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Imperative, Second Person, Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΑΓΩ, ΚΟΜΙΖΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G1325 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  EH-doh-ken
                    Translations:  gave, he gave, she gave, it gave
                    Notes:  This word means 'gave' and is the third person singular aorist indicative active form of the verb 'to give'. It describes an action that was completed in the past, often without emphasis on its duration or ongoing nature. It can be used in sentences like 'He gave a gift' or 'She gave a command'.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Indicative, Active, 3rd Person, Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΠΑΡΕΔΩΚΕΝ, ΑΠΕΔΩΚΕΝ, ΜΕΤΕΔΩΚΕΝ
                    
                 
                
                    G2877 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  kor-AH-see-on
                    Translations:  girl, a girl, maiden, a maiden, young woman, a young woman
                    Notes:  This word refers to a young girl or maiden. It is a diminutive form of the word 'ΚΟΡΗ' (KORE), meaning 'girl' or 'daughter', implying a 'little girl' or 'young girl'. It is typically used to describe a female who has not yet reached full adulthood.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative
                    Synonyms:  ΠΑΙΔΙΣΚΗ, ΚΟΡΗ, ΘΥΓΑΤΗΡ
                    
                 
                
                    G4632 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb (Participle)
                    Sounds like:  skoo-SAN-tes
                    Translations:  having prepared, having made ready, having equipped, having furnished
                    Notes:  This word is an aorist active participle, meaning 'having prepared' or 'having made ready'. It describes an action completed in the past, with the emphasis on the completion of the preparation. It is often used to describe the state of being prepared or equipped for something.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Participle, Nominative, Masculine, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΕΤΟΙΜΑΣΑΝΤΕΣ, ΚΑΤΑΣΚΕΥΑΣΑΝΤΕΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G0191 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb (Participle)
                    Sounds like:  ah-KOO-san-tes
                    Translations:  having heard, those who heard, after hearing
                    Notes:  This word is a participle derived from the verb 'to hear'. It describes an action of hearing that has been completed, often functioning adjectivally or adverbially to modify a noun or describe the circumstances of another action. It can refer to people who have heard something, or indicate that an action occurred after the act of hearing.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Participle, Nominative, Masculine, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΥΠΑΚΟΥΣΑΝΤΕΣ, ΠΡΟΣΕΧΟΝΤΕΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G2064 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  EEL-thon
                    Translations:  I came, I went, they came, they went
                    Notes:  This word is an aorist form of the verb 'ἔρχομαι' (erchomai), meaning 'to come' or 'to go'. The aorist tense describes an action that occurred at a specific point in the past, without emphasizing its duration or completion. It can be translated as 'I came/went' (first person singular) or 'they came/went' (third person plural), depending on the context.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Indicative, Active, 1st Person Singular or 3rd Person Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΒΑΙΝΩ, ΕΙΜΙ, ΥΠΑΓΩ
                    Etymology:  The word ἔρχομαι (erchomai) comes from Proto-Indo-European. It is related to words meaning 'to move' or 'to go'.
                 
                
                    G0142 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  EE-ran
                    Translations:  they took, they lifted, they carried, they bore, they removed, they took away
                    Notes:  This word is a verb in the past tense, indicating an action that was completed. It means 'they took' or 'they lifted' something, or 'they carried' or 'they bore' something. It can also mean 'they removed' or 'they took away'. It describes an action performed by a group of people in the past.
                    Inflection:  3rd Person Plural, Aorist, Active, Indicative
                    Synonyms:  ΛΑΜΒΑΝΩ, ΦΕΡΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G4439 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  PTOH-mah
                    Translations:  fall, a fall, corpse, a corpse, dead body, a dead body, ruin, a ruin
                    Notes:  This noun refers to a 'fall' in a literal sense, such as falling down, or in a metaphorical sense, like a moral or spiritual downfall. It can also refer to something that has fallen, specifically a 'corpse' or 'dead body'. In some contexts, it can signify 'ruin' or 'destruction'. It is used to describe both physical and abstract concepts of falling or collapse.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Accusative, or Vocative, Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΝΕΚΡΟΣ, ΠΤΩΣΙΣ, ΟΛΕΘΡΟΣ
                    Etymology:  From the Koine Greek verb πίπτω (piptō), meaning 'to fall'. It describes the result or state of falling.
                 
                
                    G5087 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  EH-thay-kan
                    Translations:  they placed, they put, they laid, they appointed, they made
                    Notes:  This word is the third person plural aorist active indicative form of the verb 'τίθημι' (tithemi), meaning 'to place' or 'to put'. It describes an action that was completed in the past by a group of people. It can be used in various contexts, such as placing an object somewhere, laying something down, or even appointing someone to a position or making something happen.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Indicative, 3rd Person, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΒΑΛΛΩ, ΚΑΤΑΤΙΘΗΜΙ, ΕΠΙΤΙΘΗΜΙ
                    Etymology:  The Koine Greek verb τίθημι (tithemi) comes from the Proto-Indo-European root *dʰeh₁-, meaning 'to put, place, set'. This root is the source of many words across various Indo-European languages.
                 
                
                    G0846 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Pronoun, Adjective
                    Sounds like:  OW-toh
                    Translations:  him, it, himself, itself, the same, this, that, of him, of it, to him, to it
                    Notes:  ΑΥΤΟ is an inflected form of the third-person pronoun or demonstrative adjective ΑΥΤΟΣ. As a pronoun, it refers to 'him', 'her', or 'it', depending on gender and number. As an adjective, it can mean 'the same' or 'this/that very one'. It can also be used intensively to emphasize the subject, meaning 'himself' or 'itself'. Its meaning often depends on its position in the sentence relative to the noun it modifies.
                    Inflection:  Neuter, Nominative or Accusative, Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΟΔΕ, ΟΥΤΟΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G3418, G3419 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  MNEE-mee-oh
                    Translations:  to a tomb, in a tomb, to a monument, in a monument, to a memorial, in a memorial
                    Notes:  This word is the dative singular form of either μνῆμα (mnema) or μνημεῖον (mnemeion), both meaning 'tomb,' 'monument,' or 'memorial.' It indicates the place where an action occurs or to which something is directed, often translated with 'to' or 'in' when referring to a tomb or monument.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Dative, Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΤΑΦΩ, ΚΟΙΜΗΤΗΡΙΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G4863 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  soon-ah-GOHN-tai
                    Translations:  they are gathered, they assemble, they come together, they are brought together
                    Notes:  This is a compound verb formed from the preposition σύν (syn, 'with, together') and the verb ἄγω (agō, 'to lead, to bring'). It means to gather together, to assemble, or to bring together. It is often used to describe people or things coming together in one place, either actively gathering themselves or being passively gathered by someone else.
                    Inflection:  Present, Indicative, Middle or Passive Voice, 3rd Person Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΑΘΡΟΙΖΩ, ΣΥΝΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G0652 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  ah-po-STO-loy
                    Translations:  apostles, messengers, envoys
                    Notes:  This word refers to someone who is sent out on a mission or as an envoy. In a religious context, especially in the New Testament, it primarily denotes the twelve disciples chosen by Jesus, who were sent forth to preach the Gospel. It can also refer more broadly to other Christian missionaries or representatives of the church.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Nominative or Vocative, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΚΗΡΥΚΕΣ, ΕΥΑΓΓΕΛΙΣΤΑΙ
                    Etymology:  From the verb ΑΠΟΣΤΕΛΛΩ (APOSTELLO), meaning 'to send away' or 'to send forth'. It combines the prefix ΑΠΟ (APO), meaning 'from' or 'away from', and ΣΤΕΛΛΩ (STELLO), meaning 'to send' or 'to prepare'.
                 
                
                    G2424 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Proper Noun
                    Sounds like:  ee-SOON
                    Translations:  Jesus
                    Notes:  This word is a nomina sacra, a scribal abbreviation for the name 'Jesus' (ΙΗΣΟΥΝ). It is the accusative singular form of the name. It functions as the direct object in a sentence, indicating the recipient of an action.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Masculine
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G0002 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ah-pang-GEL-lan
                    Translations:  they reported, they announced, they told, they brought back word
                    Notes:  This word is a verb meaning 'to report,' 'to announce,' or 'to tell.' It describes the action of bringing a message or news from one place or person to another. It is often used in contexts where information is conveyed, such as reporting events, delivering messages, or making declarations.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Indicative, Active, Third Person, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΑΝΑΓΓΕΛΛΩ, ΕΞΑΓΓΕΛΛΩ, ΛΕΓΩ
                    Etymology:  From Ancient Greek ἀπό (apó, 'from, away from') and ἀγγέλλω (angéllō, 'to announce, to report'). The prefix ἀπό intensifies the meaning of 'announcing' or 'reporting' something fully or from a source.
                 
                
                    G3745 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Relative Pronoun, Relative Adjective
                    Sounds like:  OH-sah
                    Translations:  as many as, all that, whatever, how many, all things whatsoever, whatever things
                    Notes:  This word is the neuter plural form of the relative pronoun/adjective ὅσος (hosos). It means 'as many as' or 'all that/which' and is used to introduce a relative clause, referring to an indefinite quantity or number of things. It can function as both a pronoun (e.g., 'whatever things') or an adjective (e.g., 'as many things as'). It can be used in both the nominative and accusative cases.
                    Inflection:  Neuter, Plural, Nominative or Accusative
                    Synonyms:  PANTA, HAPAS
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European. It is related to the demonstrative pronoun ὅδε (hode, 'this') and the interrogative pronoun τίς (tis, 'who? what?').
                 
                
                    G4160 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  eh-POY-ee-san
                    Translations:  they made, they did, they produced, they performed, they created
                    Notes:  This word is a verb in the aorist tense, indicating a completed action in the past. It means 'they made' or 'they did,' referring to an action performed by a group of people. It can be used in various contexts to describe the act of creating, performing, or bringing something into existence.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Indicative, 3rd Person Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΠΡΑΞΑΝ, ΕΡΓΑΣΑΝΤΟ
                    
                 
                
                    G1321 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  eh-DI-dax-an
                    Translations:  they taught, they did teach
                    Notes:  This word is the third person plural, aorist active indicative form of the verb 'διδάσκω' (didaskō), meaning 'to teach'. It describes an action of teaching that was completed in the past by a group of people. For example, 'they taught the people' or 'they instructed them'.
                    Inflection:  Third Person, Plural, Aorist, Active, Indicative
                    Synonyms:  ΜΑΝΘΑΝΩ, ΠΑΙΔΕΥΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G3004 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  LEH-ghei
                    Translations:  says, speaks, he says, he speaks, she says, she speaks, it says, it speaks
                    Notes:  This is a common Koine Greek verb meaning 'to say' or 'to speak'. It is frequently used to introduce direct quotes or to state what someone (or something) is declaring. It is often translated as 'he says' or 'the Lord says' in biblical contexts.
                    Inflection:  Third person singular, Present, Indicative, Active
                    Synonyms:  ΛΑΛΕΩ, ΦΗΜΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G1205 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb, Adverb
                    Sounds like:  DEW-teh
                    Translations:  Come!, Come!, Come here!, Come on!
                    Notes:  This word is an imperative, meaning 'Come!' or 'Come here!'. It is used as an invitation or an exhortation to action, often followed by a subjunctive verb to indicate the purpose or result of coming. It can be used for both singular and plural subjects, though it is grammatically plural in form. For example, it might be used to say 'Come, let us go!'
                    Inflection:  Imperative, Second Person, Plural (often used for singular as well)
                    Synonyms:  ΕΡΧΕΣΘΕ, ΙΤΕ
                    Etymology:  From an obsolete imperative of an uncontracted form of ἔρχομαι (erchomai), meaning 'to come' or 'to go'.
                 
                
                    G5210 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Pronoun
                    Sounds like:  hoo-MEES
                    Translations:  you, to you, for you, by you, with you
                    Notes:  This word is a second-person plural pronoun. Without diacritics, it most commonly represents either the nominative form 'ὑμεῖς' (you) or the dative form 'ὑμῖν' (to/for/by/with you). Its specific meaning in a sentence depends on the grammatical case it represents, which is often determined by context or the presence of prepositions. It refers to a group of people being addressed.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Nominative or Dative
                    
                    Etymology:  The word 'ὑμεῖς' (hymeis) comes from the Proto-Indo-European root *yuH- (you). It is the plural form of the second-person pronoun.
                 
                
                    G0846 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Pronoun
                    Sounds like:  ow-TOY
                    Translations:  they, themselves, to them, for them, to themselves, for themselves
                    Notes:  This word is a pronoun that can function as a personal pronoun (they, them) or a reflexive pronoun (themselves). It can also be used to emphasize a noun, meaning 'the very' or 'the same'. Its meaning depends on the case and context. For example, in the nominative case, it typically means 'they' or 'themselves', while in the dative case, it means 'to them' or 'for them'.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Masculine, Nominative or Dative
                    Synonyms:  ΕΚΕΙΝΟΙ, ΟΥΤΟΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G2596 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Prefix, Preposition
                    Sounds like:  KAT
                    Translations:  down, against, according to, throughout, during
                    Notes:  This is an elided form of the Greek preposition 'κατά' (kata), which means 'down', 'against', 'according to', 'throughout', or 'during'. It is frequently used as a prefix in compound verbs and nouns, indicating a downward motion, completion, intensity, or opposition. For example, in 'κατέβη' (katebē), it means 'went down', and in 'καταπιεῖν' (katapiein), it means 'to swallow down'. The final alpha (α) is often dropped when the next word or part of the compound begins with a vowel, or when it's followed by certain consonants.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect (as a prefix); functions as a preposition that takes the genitive or accusative case.
                    Synonyms:  ΠΡΟΣ, ΕΙΣ, ΕΠΙ
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European *kmt- 'down, with, against'. It is a common Greek preposition that has been used since ancient times.
                 
                
                    G2398 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective
                    Sounds like:  EE-dee-ahn
                    Translations:  one's own, his own, her own, its own, their own, private, peculiar, a private, a peculiar
                    Notes:  This word is an adjective meaning 'one's own' or 'private'. It emphasizes possession or belonging to a specific individual or group, distinguishing it from something common or shared. It is often used to denote something personal, peculiar, or belonging exclusively to someone. In this form, it is the feminine singular accusative, meaning it describes a feminine noun that is the direct object of a verb or the object of certain prepositions.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΑΥΤΟΥ, ΕΑΥΤΟΥ
                    
                 
                
                    G1909 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Preposition, Adverb
                    Sounds like:  ep-EE
                    Translations:  on, upon, over, to, against, at, by, in, for, in addition to, besides, after, during, when, because of, concerning
                    Notes:  This word is a common Koine Greek preposition that can also function as an adverb or a prefix. Its meaning is highly dependent on the case of the noun it governs. With the genitive case, it often means 'on, upon, over' (of place or time), 'in the time of', or 'in the presence of'. With the dative case, it can mean 'on, upon, at' (of place), 'in addition to', 'for the purpose of', or 'because of'. With the accusative case, it typically means 'on, upon, to' (indicating motion towards), 'against', 'over' (of authority), or 'for' (of purpose). As a prefix, it generally adds the meaning of 'upon', 'over', 'to', or 'in addition'.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect, but governs the Genitive, Dative, and Accusative cases.
                    Synonyms:  ΠΡΟΣ, ΠΑΡΑ, ΥΠΕΡ
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European *opi, meaning 'on, near, against'. It is cognate with Latin ob and Sanskrit api.
                 
                
                    G2048 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective, Noun
                    Sounds like:  EH-ree-mo
                    Translations:  desert, desolate, solitary, wilderness, a desert, a wilderness
                    Notes:  This word describes something that is desolate, uninhabited, or solitary. It can refer to a physical place like a desert or wilderness, or it can describe a state of being alone or abandoned. As a noun, it typically refers to a desert or a desolate region.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter; or Singular, Nominative, Feminine; or Singular, Vocative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΑΝΟΙΚΗΤΟΣ, ΕΡΗΜΙΑ, ΕΡΗΜΟΣ
                    Etymology:  The word derives from the Greek root *eremos*, meaning 'solitary' or 'uninhabited'. It is related to the idea of being alone or separated from others.
                 
                
                    G5117 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  TO-pon
                    Translations:  place, a place, region, a region, spot, a spot, location, a location
                    Notes:  This word refers to a specific physical location, area, or region. It can be used to denote a particular spot, a general area, or even a position or status. For example, it might be used to say 'this place' or 'in that region'.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΧΩΡΑ, ΤΟΠΟΣ, ΟΙΚΟΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G0373 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ah-nah-pah-YEH-sthai
                    Translations:  to rest, to refresh oneself, to take rest, to find rest, to be refreshed, to give rest
                    Notes:  This word is a verb meaning 'to rest' or 'to refresh oneself'. It implies a cessation from labor or activity, often for the purpose of recuperation or finding peace. It can be used to describe physical rest, as well as spiritual or emotional rest. It is often used in the middle voice, indicating that the subject performs the action on themselves or for their own benefit.
                    Inflection:  Present, Middle/Passive, Infinitive
                    Synonyms:  KOIMAMAI, HESYCHAZO, ANAPSYCHO
                    
                 
                
                    G3641 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective, Adverb
                    Sounds like:  oh-LI-gon
                    Translations:  little, a little, small, few, a few, for a little while, briefly, short, a short time
                    Notes:  This word describes something as small in quantity, size, or duration. As an adjective, it modifies a noun, indicating a small amount or number of something. As an adverb, it describes an action or state as happening for a short time or to a small extent. It can refer to a brief period of time, a small quantity, or a limited number of things.
                    Inflection:  Neuter, Singular, Nominative or Accusative (as an adjective); Adverbial form (as an adverb)
                    Synonyms:  ΜΙΚΡΟΣ, ΒΡΑΧΥΣ
                    Etymology:  From an uncertain root, possibly related to words meaning 'to lessen' or 'to be small'.
                 
                
                    G1510 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  AY-sahn
                    Translations:  they were, they had been
                    Notes:  ΗΣΑΝ is an inflected form of the verb 'ΕΙΜΙ' (eimi), meaning 'to be'. Specifically, it is the third person plural imperfect indicative form. It describes an ongoing or continuous state or action in the past, often translated as 'they were' or 'they used to be'. It is commonly used to describe the state or existence of multiple subjects in a past context.
                    Inflection:  Third Person, Plural, Imperfect, Indicative
                    
                    Etymology:  The Koine Greek verb ΕΙΜΙ (eimi) derives from the Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'to be' or 'to exist'. It is one of the most fundamental and frequently used verbs in the language, indicating existence, state, or identity.
                 
                
                    G2064 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Participle
                    Sounds like:  ER-kho-men-oy
                    Translations:  coming, those who are coming, the ones coming, who come, when they come, as they come
                    Notes:  This word is a present middle/passive participle derived from the verb 'ΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ' (erchomai), meaning 'to come' or 'to go'. As a participle, it functions like an adjective or adverb, describing an action that is ongoing or simultaneous with the main verb. In this form, it refers to 'those who are coming' or 'the ones coming', often implying a continuous or habitual action of coming or going. It can be used to describe people or things that are in the process of arriving or moving towards a location.
                    Inflection:  Present, Middle/Passive Voice, Nominative Case, Masculine Gender, Plural Number
                    Synonyms:  ΗΚΟΝΤΕΣ, ΠΑΡΟΝΤΕΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G5217 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb, Participle
                    Sounds like:  hoo-PAH-gon-tes
                    Translations:  going away, departing, leaving, going
                    Notes:  This word is a present active participle of the verb 'hypago' (ΥΠΑΓΩ), meaning 'to go away' or 'to depart'. It is a compound word formed from 'hypo' (ΥΠΟ), meaning 'under' or 'away', and 'ago' (ΑΓΩ), meaning 'to lead' or 'to go'. It describes someone or something that is in the act of going away or departing. It can be used to describe people who are leaving a place or moving on.
                    Inflection:  Present, Active, Participle, Masculine, Nominative or Vocative, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΕΞΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΑΠΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΠΟΡΕΥΟΜΑΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G3761 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Conjunction, Adverb
                    Sounds like:  OO-deh
                    Translations:  and not, neither, nor, not even, not
                    Notes:  This word is a compound conjunction or adverb meaning 'and not', 'neither', 'nor', or 'not even'. It is used to connect two negative clauses or to emphasize a negation. It often appears in lists to negate multiple items, similar to how 'neither...nor' is used in English. It can also simply mean 'not' when emphasizing a point.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΟΥΤΕ, ΜΗΔΕ
                    Etymology:  From the negative particle ΟΥ (ou, 'not') and the conjunction ΔΕ (de, 'but, and').
                 
                
                    G5315 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  fah-GAYN
                    Translations:  to eat, to consume
                    Notes:  This is the aorist active infinitive form of the verb meaning 'to eat' or 'to consume'. It is used to express the action of eating in a general sense, often as the object of another verb or as a purpose clause.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Infinitive
                    Synonyms:  ΕΣΘΙΩ, ΒΙΒΡΩΣΚΩ
                    Etymology:  The root of this word is related to the Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'to eat'. It is a common verb in Koine Greek for the act of consuming food.
                 
                
                    G2119 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  yoo-KAI-roon
                    Translations:  they had opportunity, they had leisure, they had time, they were at leisure
                    Notes:  This word describes the state of having a favorable opportunity, sufficient time, or leisure to do something. It implies being free from other obligations or having the right circumstances to act. In a sentence, it would indicate that the subject was able to do something because they had the chance or the time.
                    Inflection:  Imperfect Indicative, Active, Third Person Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΕΥΚΑΙΡΕΩ
                    Etymology:  From the Greek words ΕΥ (eu, meaning 'well') and ΚΑΙΡΟΣ (kairos, meaning 'time' or 'opportune moment'). It literally means 'to have good time' or 'to have a good opportunity'.
                 
                
                    G0565 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ap-EEL-thon
                    Translations:  they went away, they departed, they went
                    Notes:  This word is the third person plural aorist indicative active form of the verb 'ἀπέρχομαι' (aperchomai), meaning 'to go away' or 'to depart'. It describes an action of leaving or going away that occurred in the past. It is often used to indicate a physical movement from one place to another.
                    Inflection:  Third Person, Plural, Aorist, Indicative, Active
                    Synonyms:  ΕΞΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΥΠΑΓΩ, ΑΝΑΧΩΡΕΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G4143 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  PLOI-oh
                    Translations:  (to) a boat, (to) a ship, (in) a boat, (in) a ship, (on) a boat, (on) a ship, a boat, a ship, boat, ship
                    Notes:  This word refers to a boat or a ship. As a dative case noun, it often indicates the indirect object of an action, meaning 'to a boat/ship', 'for a boat/ship', or 'in/on a boat/ship' when used to denote location or instrument. It is commonly used to describe vessels used for travel or fishing on water.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Dative, Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΣΚΑΦΟΣ, ΝΑΥΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G1492 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ee-DON
                    Translations:  they saw, I saw, to see, having seen
                    Notes:  This word is an aorist form of the verb 'to see' or 'to perceive'. It can function as a third-person plural indicative ('they saw'), a first-person singular indicative ('I saw'), or, less commonly, as an infinitive or participle depending on the context, conveying the action of seeing or perceiving something in a completed past action. It is often used to introduce a new observation or event.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Indicative, 3rd Person Plural; or Aorist, Active, Indicative, 1st Person Singular; or Aorist, Active, Infinitive; or Aorist, Active, Participle (Neuter Singular Nominative/Accusative)
                    Synonyms:  ΒΛΕΠΩ, ΟΡΑΩ, ΘΕΩΡΕΩ
                    Etymology:  The word 'εἶδον' (eidon) serves as the aorist form of the verb 'ὁράω' (horaō), meaning 'to see'. It is derived from the Proto-Indo-European root *weid-, which also means 'to see' or 'to know'.
                 
                
                    G5217 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Participle
                    Sounds like:  hoo-pa-GON-tas
                    Translations:  going away, departing, going, leaving
                    Notes:  This word is a present active participle, meaning 'going away' or 'departing'. It describes an action that is ongoing or happening at the same time as the main verb. It is often used to indicate movement from one place to another, or to signify a departure. It can function adjectivally, describing someone who is going, or adverbially, indicating the manner of an action.
                    Inflection:  Present, Active, Participle, Accusative, Masculine, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΑΠΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΕΞΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΠΟΡΕΥΟΜΑΙ
                    Etymology:  The word ΥΠΑΓΩ (hypago) is a compound verb formed from the preposition ΥΠΟ (hypo), meaning 'under' or 'away', and the verb ΑΓΩ (ago), meaning 'to lead' or 'to go'. Thus, it literally means 'to lead away' or 'to go away'.
                 
                
                    G1921 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ep-eg-NOH-san
                    Translations:  they knew, they recognized, they understood, they perceived, they learned
                    Notes:  This word is a compound verb meaning to know fully, to recognize, to understand, or to perceive. It implies a deeper or more complete knowledge than simple 'knowing'. The form ΕΠΕΓΝΩΣΑΝ specifically refers to an action that was completed in the past by a group of people ('they'). It can be used to describe coming to a full realization or acknowledging something.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Indicative, Active, Third Person Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΓΙΝΩΣΚΩ, ΟΙΔΑ
                    Etymology:  The word ΕΠΙΓΙΝΩΣΚΩ is a compound formed from the preposition ΕΠΙ (epi), meaning 'upon' or 'in addition to', and the verb ΓΙΝΩΣΚΩ (ginōskō), meaning 'to know'. The combination suggests a knowing that is 'upon' or 'in addition to' a prior state of knowing, thus implying a fuller or more complete understanding.
                 
                
                    G3979 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective, Adverb
                    Sounds like:  PEH-zee
                    Translations:  on foot, by land, pedestrian, foot-soldier
                    Notes:  This word describes something done on foot or by land, as opposed to by sea or by horse. It can function as an adjective meaning 'pedestrian' or 'on foot', or as an adverb meaning 'on foot' or 'by land'. For example, one might travel 'on foot' (ΠΕΖΗ) or describe a 'foot-soldier' (ΠΕΖΟΣ).
                    Inflection:  Feminine, Singular, Nominative or Dative; or Adverb
                    
                    Etymology:  From Ancient Greek πεζός (pezós, “on foot”), from πούς (poús, “foot”).
                 
                
                    G0575 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Preposition
                    Sounds like:  AH-po
                    Translations:  from, away from, by, of, out of, because of, by means of
                    Notes:  This word is a preposition that primarily indicates separation, origin, or cause. It is always followed by a noun or pronoun in the genitive case. It can mean 'from' in the sense of moving away from a place, 'from' in the sense of origin or source, or 'by' when indicating the agent or cause of an action.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΕΚ, ΠΑΡΑ
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European *apo- 'off, away'. It is cognate with Latin ab and English off.
                 
                
                    G3956 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective
                    Sounds like:  pa-SON
                    Translations:  of all, of every, of the whole
                    Notes:  This word is an adjective meaning 'all', 'every', or 'the whole'. It is used to describe a quantity or totality of something. As an adjective, it modifies a noun, agreeing with it in gender, number, and case. In this form, it indicates possession or origin for multiple feminine nouns.
                    Inflection:  Genitive, Plural, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΑΠΑΣΩΝ, ΟΛΩΝ
                    
                 
                
                    G4172 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  po-LEH-ohn
                    Translations:  of cities
                    Notes:  This word refers to a city or a town, a populated place with buildings and inhabitants. As a genitive plural, it indicates possession or origin, meaning 'belonging to cities' or 'from cities'. It is used to describe something related to multiple urban centers.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Genitive, Feminine
                    
                    Etymology:  From an uncertain root, possibly related to PIE *pleh₁- (to fill) or *pel- (to build, to enclose). It refers to a fortified place or a community.
                 
                
                    G4936 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  soon-ED-rah-moh
                    Translations:  ran together, gathered together, flocked together, came together
                    Notes:  This word is the aorist active indicative, third person plural form of the verb 'συντρέχω' (syntrechō), meaning 'to run together' or 'to gather together'. It describes a situation where multiple individuals or groups converge or assemble in one place, often with a sense of urgency or purpose. It is a compound word formed from 'σύν' (syn), meaning 'with' or 'together', and 'τρέχω' (trechō), meaning 'to run'.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Indicative, Active, Third Person, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΣΥΝΑΓΩ, ΣΥΝΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΣΥΝΙΣΤΑΜΑΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G4281 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  pro-EEL-tho
                    Translations:  I went forth, I came forth, I proceeded
                    Notes:  This is a verb meaning 'to go forth,' 'to come forth,' or 'to proceed.' It describes movement from one place to another, often implying an advance or emergence. It can be used in contexts where someone leaves a place to go to another, or when something originates or proceeds from a source.
                    Inflection:  First Person, Singular, Aorist, Indicative, Active
                    Synonyms:  ΕΞΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΑΠΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΕΚΠΟΡΕΥΟΜΑΙ
                    Etymology:  The word is a compound of the preposition ΠΡΟ (PRO), meaning 'before' or 'forward,' and the verb ΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ (ERCHOMAI), meaning 'to come' or 'to go.' Thus, it literally means 'to come forward' or 'to go forward.'
                 
                
                    G1831 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ex-EL-thon
                    Translations:  having gone out, going out, came out, went out
                    Notes:  This word is a participle derived from the verb 'exerchomai', meaning 'to go out' or 'to come out'. It describes an action of departing or emerging from a place. It is often used to indicate that someone has completed the action of leaving.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Participle, Nominative, Masculine, Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΑΠΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΕΚΒΑΙΝΩ, ΕΚΠΟΡΕΥΟΜΑΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G3708 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  EYE-deh
                    Translations:  he saw, she saw, it saw
                    Notes:  This word is the third person singular aorist active indicative form of the verb 'ὁράω' (horao) or 'εἴδω' (eido), which means 'to see' or 'to perceive'. It describes a completed action of seeing in the past, often implying a sudden or definite act of perception. It is used to state that a specific individual (he, she, or it) performed the action of seeing.
                    Inflection:  Third Person, Singular, Aorist, Active, Indicative
                    Synonyms:  ΒΛΕΠΩ, ΘΕΩΡΕΩ
                    Etymology:  The root verb 'ὁράω' (horao) comes from a Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'to see'. The aorist stem 'εἶδον' (eidon) is a suppletive form, meaning it comes from a different root than the present tense, specifically from an older root related to 'knowing' or 'seeing'.
                 
                
                    G3793 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  OKH-lon
                    Translations:  crowd, multitude, a crowd, a multitude, mob, a mob
                    Notes:  This word refers to a large gathering of people, a crowd, or a multitude. It can also carry the negative connotation of a mob or a disorderly throng. It is often used in the New Testament to describe the large groups of people who followed Jesus or gathered to hear his teachings. In the provided examples, it is used in the accusative case, indicating the direct object of a verb, such as 'to teach a crowd' or 'a crowd upon me'.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΠΛΗΘΟΣ, ΛΑΟΣ
                    Etymology:  The etymology of ΟΧΛΟΣ is uncertain, but it is thought to be related to a word meaning 'to move' or 'to stir', suggesting a moving or agitated mass of people.
                 
                
                    G4183 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective
                    Sounds like:  po-LOON
                    Translations:  much, many, great, a great deal, a lot
                    Notes:  This word is an adjective meaning 'much' or 'many'. It is used to describe a large quantity or number of something. In the provided examples, it is used with 'χρόνον' (time) to mean 'much time' or 'a long time'. It is often used to modify nouns, indicating a significant amount or multitude.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Masculine or Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΙΚΑΝΟΣ, ΠΛΕΙΩΝ, ΑΦΘΟΝΟΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G4697 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ess-plang-KHNI-sthee
                    Translations:  he had compassion, he felt pity, he was moved with pity, he was moved with compassion
                    Notes:  This word describes a deep, visceral feeling of compassion or pity, often originating from the innermost being or 'bowels'. It signifies a strong emotional response to the suffering or plight of others, leading to an urge to help. It is frequently used in the New Testament to describe Jesus's profound empathy for people.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Indicative, Passive, 3rd Person Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΟΙΚΤΕΙΡΩ, ΕΛΕΕΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G2076 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  AY-sah
                    Translations:  were, they were, you were
                    Notes:  This word is an inflected form of the verb 'to be' (εἰμί). It indicates existence or a state of being in the past tense, specifically referring to multiple subjects. It is commonly used to describe what people or things 'were' at a certain time.
                    Inflection:  Imperfect Indicative, Active, Third Person Plural
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G4263 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  pro-BAH-tah
                    Translations:  sheep
                    Notes:  This word refers to sheep, which are common domesticated animals. In biblical contexts, sheep are often used metaphorically to represent people, especially followers or those under the care of a shepherd.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative
                    
                    Etymology:  From the verb προβαίνω (probainō, 'to go forward'), referring to animals that walk forward, especially livestock. It literally means 'that which walks forward'.
                 
                
                    G2192 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Participle
                    Sounds like:  EKH-on-tah
                    Translations:  having, holding, possessing, being, keeping, experiencing, a having, a holding
                    Notes:  This word is a present active participle derived from the verb 'ἔχω' (echō), meaning 'to have' or 'to hold'. It describes someone or something that is in the act of having, holding, or possessing. It can also be used to describe a state of being or experiencing something. As a participle, it functions like an adjective or an adverb, modifying a noun or verb, and its meaning can vary slightly depending on the context, often indicating a continuous action.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Masculine or Neuter, Present, Active
                    Synonyms:  ΚΑΤΕΧΟΝΤΑ, ΚΕΚΤΗΜΕΝΟΝ, ΦΕΡΟΝΤΑ
                    Etymology:  The verb ἔχω (echō) comes from Proto-Indo-European *seǵʰ-, meaning 'to hold, to have'. It is related to other Greek words like ἕξις (héxis, 'habit, state') and ὀχή (ochḗ, 'support').
                 
                
                    G4166 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  poy-MEH-nah
                    Translations:  shepherd, a shepherd, pastor, a pastor
                    Notes:  This word refers to a shepherd, someone who tends and cares for sheep. It can also be used metaphorically to describe a leader, a guide, or a spiritual pastor who cares for a flock of people. In its literal sense, it describes a person whose occupation is to look after sheep. In a figurative sense, it describes someone who provides guidance and protection, much like a shepherd protects their flock.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΒΟΥΚΟΛΟΣ, ΑΙΠΟΛΟΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G1321 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  dee-DAS-keen
                    Translations:  to teach, to instruct, to learn, to train, to give instruction
                    Notes:  The word "ΔΙΔΑΣΚΙΝ" appears to be a misspelling or a non-standard form of the Koine Greek verb "διδάσκειν" (didaskein), which means 'to teach' or 'to instruct'. It describes the act of imparting knowledge or skill to someone. It is often used in the context of religious or moral instruction.
                    Inflection:  Infinitive, Present, Active
                    Synonyms:  ΜΑΝΘΑΝΩ, ΠΑΙΔΕΥΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G2235 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adverb
                    Sounds like:  AY-day
                    Translations:  already, now, by this time, forthwith
                    Notes:  This word is an adverb that indicates something has happened or is happening at the present moment, or has already occurred. It emphasizes the immediacy or completion of an action or state. It can be used to mean 'already' in the sense of something having taken place before the expected time, or 'now' in the sense of 'at this very moment'.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΝΥΝ, ΑΡΤΙ
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European *seh₂-d- (meaning 'already, now'). It is related to words meaning 'at that time' or 'then'.
                 
                
                    G5610 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  OH-ras
                    Translations:  of an hour, of a time, of a season, of a moment, of a day, of a time of day
                    Notes:  This word refers to a specific period of time, such as an hour, a season, or a particular moment. It can also denote a specific time of day or a critical juncture. In this genitive form, it often indicates possession or a relationship, such as 'of an hour' or 'belonging to a time'.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΚΑΙΡΟΥ, ΧΡΟΝΟΥ
                    
                 
                
                    G4183 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective
                    Sounds like:  pol-LEES
                    Translations:  (of) much, (of) great, (of) many, (of) a great (amount)
                    Notes:  This word is an adjective meaning 'much', 'many', or 'great'. It is used to describe the quantity or extent of something. For example, it can refer to a large amount of something or a great number of people. It is often used in phrases like 'with much peace' or 'of great supply'.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΜΕΓΑΣ, ΙΚΑΝΟΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G1096 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Participle
                    Sounds like:  ghee-NO-meh-nees
                    Translations:  of becoming, of being, of happening, of coming to pass, of being made, of being born
                    Notes:  This word is a participle derived from the verb 'γίνομαι' (ginomai), which means 'to become,' 'to be,' 'to happen,' or 'to come into existence.' As a genitive participle, it often functions in a genitive absolute construction, indicating a circumstance or time when something else occurs, similar to 'when it was happening' or 'while it was being done.' It can also simply indicate possession or relationship in a genitive sense.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Feminine or Middle/Passive, Present
                    Synonyms:  ΓΕΝΟΜΕΝΗΣ, ΕΓΕΝΕΤΟ
                    
                 
                
                    G4334 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Participle
                    Sounds like:  pros-EL-thon-tes
                    Translations:  having come to, approaching, drawing near, coming forward, those who came to, when they came to
                    Notes:  This word is an aorist active participle derived from the verb 'προσέρχομαι' (proserchomai), meaning 'to come to' or 'to approach'. As a participle, it describes an action that has already occurred or is occurring in relation to the main verb of the sentence. It often functions adverbially, indicating the circumstances or time of an action, such as 'when they came to' or 'after they had approached'. It can also function adjectivally, describing 'those who came to'.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Participle, Nominative, Plural, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΕΓΓΙΖΩ, ΠΑΡΑΓΙΝΟΜΑΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G2048 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective, Noun
                    Sounds like:  EH-ree-mos
                    Translations:  desolate, desert, wilderness, solitary, a desert, a wilderness
                    Notes:  This word describes something that is desolate, uninhabited, or solitary. As an adjective, it can modify a noun to indicate its deserted nature. As a noun, it refers to a desert or wilderness area, a place that is empty or uncultivated. It is often used to describe uninhabited regions or places where people withdraw for solitude.
                    Inflection:  Nominative, Singular, Masculine or Feminine; or Nominative/Accusative, Plural, Neuter (as a noun, 'desert places'); or Nominative/Accusative, Singular, Neuter (as a noun, 'a desert place'). It can also be used as an adjective with various inflections.
                    Synonyms:  ΑΝΥΔΡΟΣ, ΕΡΗΜΙΑ
                    Etymology:  From a prolonged form of a primary word. It describes a place that is empty or uninhabited, often referring to a wilderness or desert.
                 
                
                    G5610 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  OH-rah
                    Translations:  hour, an hour, time, season, moment
                    Notes:  This word refers to a specific period of time, which can be an hour, a particular time of day, a season, or a crucial moment. It is often used to denote a fixed or appointed time, such as 'the hour has come' for an event to occur. It can also refer to a specific season of the year.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΚΑΙΡΟΣ, ΧΡΟΝΟΣ
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'year, season'. It refers to a limited period of time, a season, or a specific hour.
                 
                
                    G4183 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective
                    Sounds like:  pol-LAY
                    Translations:  much, many, great, abundant, a great (one)
                    Notes:  This word is an adjective meaning 'much' or 'many'. It is used to describe a large quantity, size, or intensity of something. It can be used to modify nouns, indicating a great number or amount.
                    Inflection:  Feminine, Singular, Nominative or Accusative
                    Synonyms:  ΜΕΓΑΣ, ΙΚΑΝΟΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G630 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ah-POO-ly-son
                    Translations:  release, send away, dismiss, let go, divorce, set free
                    Notes:  This word is a command form of the verb 'apolyō', meaning to release or send away. It is used to give a direct order or instruction to someone to perform the action of releasing or dismissing. It can apply to people, objects, or even legal situations like divorce.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Imperative, Second Person, Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΑΦΙΗΜΙ, ΕΞΑΠΟΣΤΕΛΛΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G565 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Participle
                    Sounds like:  ah-pel-THON-tes
                    Translations:  having gone away, having departed, going away, departing, those who went away
                    Notes:  This word is the aorist active participle, nominative masculine plural, of the verb aperchomai (ἀπέρχομαι), meaning 'to go away' or 'to depart'. It describes an action completed in the past, indicating that the subjects have already performed the action of going away. It functions like an adjective, modifying a plural masculine noun or pronoun, or can stand on its own as 'those who went away'.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Participle, Nominative, Masculine, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΕΞΕΛΘΟΝΤΕΣ, ΥΠΑΓΟΝΤΕΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G68 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  ag-ROOS
                    Translations:  fields, lands, countrysides
                    Notes:  This word refers to cultivated land, fields, or the countryside in general. It is typically used to describe agricultural areas or rural regions, often in contrast to cities or towns.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Accusative, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΧΩΡΑ
                    
                 
                
                    G0059 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ah-go-RAH-soh-sin
                    Translations:  they may buy, they might buy, they may purchase, they might purchase
                    Notes:  This word is a verb meaning 'to buy' or 'to purchase'. It describes the action of acquiring something by payment. It is used in contexts where a group of people are performing the action of buying.
                    Inflection:  Third Person Plural, Aorist, Subjunctive, Active
                    Synonyms:  ΩΝΕΟΜΑΙ, ΠΡΙΑΜΑΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G1438 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Reflexive Pronoun
                    Sounds like:  eh-ah-TOYS
                    Translations:  (to) themselves, (for) themselves, themselves, (among) themselves
                    Notes:  This is a reflexive pronoun, meaning 'himself, herself, itself, themselves'. It is used when the action of the verb is directed back to the subject of the sentence. For example, 'they gave to themselves' or 'they saw themselves'. It emphasizes that the subject is both the actor and the recipient of the action.
                    Inflection:  Dative, Plural, All genders (Masculine, Feminine, Neuter)
                    
                    Etymology:  From Ancient Greek, a compound of the reflexive pronoun 'ἑός' (heos, 'his own') and the intensive pronoun 'αὐτός' (autos, 'self').
                 
                
                    G1033 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  BROH-ma-ta
                    Translations:  foods, meats, provisions
                    Notes:  This word refers to anything that is eaten, serving as nourishment or provisions. It is used broadly to describe food in general, whether solid or liquid, and can refer to a meal or a supply of food.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative
                    Synonyms:  ΣΙΤΙΑ, ΤΡΟΦΗ, ΕΔΕΣΜΑΤΑ
                    Etymology:  The word ΒΡΩΜΑ (broma) comes from the verb βιβρώσκω (bibrosko), meaning 'to eat'.
                 
                
                    G5315 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  fah-GOH-sin
                    Translations:  they may eat, they might eat, they should eat
                    Notes:  This word means 'they may eat' or 'they might eat'. It is the third person plural, aorist active subjunctive form of the verb 'to eat'. It is used to express a potential or hypothetical action, often in clauses introduced by conjunctions like 'if' or 'when', indicating what might happen or what should happen.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Subjunctive, Third Person, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΕΣΘΙΩ, ΒΙΒΡΩΣΚΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G0611 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ah-po-kree-THEIS
                    Translations:  having answered, answering, replied, having replied
                    Notes:  This word is a participle derived from the verb 'apokrinomai', meaning 'to answer' or 'to reply'. It describes an action that has already occurred or is occurring, often functioning adverbially to indicate that someone spoke in response to something. It is frequently used in narrative contexts to introduce a character's response.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Passive, Participle, Nominative, Singular, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΑΠΟΚΡΙΝΟΜΕΝΟΣ, ΕΙΠΩΝ
                    
                 
                
                    G1325 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  DOH-teh
                    Translations:  give, grant, allow, entrust, deliver
                    Notes:  This word is a verb meaning 'to give' or 'to grant'. It is used as a command or an exhortation, instructing someone or a group of people to perform the action of giving. It can also imply entrusting something to someone or delivering something.
                    Inflection:  Second Person Plural, Aorist Active, Imperative
                    Synonyms:  ΠΑΡΕΧΩ, ΧΑΡΙΖΟΜΑΙ, ΑΠΟΔΙΔΩΜΙ
                    Etymology:  The word ΔΙΔΩΜΙ comes from the Proto-Indo-European root *deh₃-, meaning 'to give'. It is a reduplicated verb, a common feature in ancient Greek verbs.
                 
                
                    G5210 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Pronoun
                    Sounds like:  yoo-MACE
                    Translations:  you
                    Notes:  This word is a second-person plural pronoun, meaning 'you' (referring to multiple people). It is used when the 'you' is the subject of the sentence, performing the action of the verb.
                    Inflection:  Nominative, Plural, Second Person
                    
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European. It is related to the Latin 'vos' and English 'you'.
                 
                
                    G5315 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb (Infinitive), Noun
                    Sounds like:  fah-GEEN
                    Translations:  to eat, eating, food, a meal
                    Notes:  This word is the infinitive form of the verb 'to eat'. In Koine Greek, infinitives can often function as nouns, especially when preceded by an article, meaning 'the act of eating' or 'food/a meal'. It describes the action of consuming food.
                    Inflection:  Aorist Active Infinitive
                    Synonyms:  ΒΡΩΣΙΣ, ΕΣΘΙΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G3004 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  leh-GOO-sin
                    Translations:  they say, they speak, they tell
                    Notes:  This word is a verb meaning 'they say,' 'they speak,' or 'they tell.' It is used to describe the action of multiple people communicating verbally. For example, it can be used in sentences like 'they say that...' or 'they speak to them.'
                    Inflection:  Third Person, Plural, Present, Active, Indicative
                    Synonyms:  ΦΗΜΙ, ΛΑΛΕΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G0059 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ah-go-RAH-so-men
                    Translations:  let us buy, we may buy, we should buy
                    Notes:  This word is a verb meaning 'to buy' or 'to purchase'. It implies the act of acquiring something, often in a marketplace or public setting. It can also refer to redeeming or ransoming, especially in a theological context. The form 'ΑΓΟΡΑΣΩΜΕΝ' is a first-person plural subjunctive, suggesting a hortatory or deliberative action, like 'let us buy' or 'we should buy'.
                    Inflection:  First Person, Plural, Aorist, Subjunctive, Active
                    Synonyms:  ΩΝΕΟΜΑΙ, ΠΡΙΑΜΑΙ
                    Etymology:  The word ἀγοράζω (agorazō) is derived from ἀγορά (agora), meaning 'marketplace' or 'assembly'. It originally meant 'to frequent the marketplace' and later came to mean 'to buy' or 'to sell' there.
                 
                
                    G1220 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  day-na-REE-ohn
                    Translations:  of denarii, denarii, of a denarius
                    Notes:  This word refers to a denarius, which was a Roman silver coin, equivalent to a day's wage for a common laborer. In its genitive plural form, it indicates possession or value, often translated as 'of denarii' or 'worth denarii'. It is used to express a quantity or value in terms of these coins.
                    Inflection:  Genitive, Plural, Neuter
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G1364 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Numeral, Adjective
                    Sounds like:  dee-ah-ko-SEE-ohn
                    Translations:  of two hundred, two hundred
                    Notes:  This word is a numeral meaning 'two hundred'. It is used to describe a quantity of two hundred of something. For example, it could be used to refer to 'two hundred men' or 'two hundred years'.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Genitive, Masculine, Feminine or Neuter
                    
                    Etymology:  The word διακόσιοι (diakosioi) comes from the prefix δι- (di-), meaning 'two' or 'double', and ἑκατόν (hekaton), meaning 'hundred'.
                 
                
                    G740 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  AR-toos
                    Translations:  bread, loaves, (of) bread, (of) loaves
                    Notes:  This word refers to bread or a loaf of bread. It is commonly used in the New Testament to refer to physical bread, often in the context of meals or sustenance. It can also refer to the bread used in the Lord's Supper. The form ΑΡΤΟΥΣ is the genitive singular or accusative plural of the noun.
                    Inflection:  Masculine, Singular, Genitive OR Masculine, Plural, Accusative
                    Synonyms:  ΣΙΤΟΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G1325 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  DOH-soh-men
                    Translations:  we will give, we shall give
                    Notes:  This word is a verb meaning 'to give' or 'to grant'. The form 'ΔΩΣΩΜΕΝ' specifically indicates a future action performed by a group, 'we'. It is used to express an intention or a certainty of giving something in the future.
                    Inflection:  First Person Plural, Future Active Indicative
                    Synonyms:  ΔΩΣΟΜΕΝ
                    
                 
                
                    G5315 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  fah-GAY
                    Translations:  to eat, to consume, to devour
                    Notes:  This word is an aorist infinitive form of the verb 'to eat'. It describes the action of consuming food or, more broadly, devouring or consuming something. It is often used in contexts related to meals or sustenance.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Infinitive
                    Synonyms:  ΕΣΘΙΩ, ΒΙΒΡΩΣΚΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G4214 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective
                    Sounds like:  po-SOOS
                    Translations:  how many, how great, as many as, as great as
                    Notes:  This word is an interrogative and indefinite adjective. As an interrogative, it asks about quantity or size, meaning 'how many?' or 'how great?'. As an indefinite adjective, it refers to an unspecified quantity or size, meaning 'as many as' or 'as great as'. It agrees in gender, number, and case with the noun it modifies.
                    Inflection:  Masculine or Feminine, Accusative, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΟΣΟΣ, ΗΛΙΚΟΣ
                    Etymology:  The word 'ΠΟΣΟΣ' is derived from the interrogative pronominal stem 'πο-' (po-) combined with the suffix '-σος' (-sos), indicating quantity or measure. It is related to other interrogative and indefinite pronouns and adjectives in Greek.
                 
                
                    G2192 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  EH-kheh-teh
                    Translations:  you have, you hold, you possess, you keep, you are able, you are
                    Notes:  This word means "to have," "to hold," or "to possess." It can also convey the sense of being able to do something or simply "to be" in a certain state. It is used to indicate ownership, a state of being, or a capability. For example, it can be used in sentences like "you have a book" or "you are strong."
                    Inflection:  2nd Person, Plural, Present, Active, Indicative or Imperative
                    Synonyms:  ΚΤΩΜΑΙ, ΚΑΤΕΧΩ, ΕΧΟΜΑΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G5217 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  hoo-PAH-geh-teh
                    Translations:  Go, Depart, Go away, Withdraw
                    Notes:  This word means to go away, depart, or withdraw. It is often used as a command or instruction for someone to leave a place or situation. It can also imply a movement from one place to another, often with the sense of going to a specific destination.
                    Inflection:  Present, Active, Imperative, 2nd Person, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΑΠΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΕΞΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G3708 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ee-DEH-teh
                    Translations:  see, behold, look, look ye, behold ye, see ye
                    Notes:  This word is an imperative verb, meaning 'see!' or 'behold!'. It is used to draw attention to something or to command someone to observe. It can be used in a literal sense of seeing with one's eyes, or in a more figurative sense of perceiving or understanding. It is often used to introduce an important statement or revelation.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Imperative, Second Person, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΒΛΕΠΕΤΕ, ΘΕΩΡΕΙΤΕ, ΣΚΟΠΕΙΤΕ
                    
                 
                
                    G2064 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Participle
                    Sounds like:  EL-thon-tes
                    Translations:  having come, coming, having gone, going
                    Notes:  This word is an aorist active participle, meaning 'having come' or 'having gone'. It describes an action that has been completed before or at the time of the main verb. It is used to indicate the subject of the sentence performing the action of coming or going.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Nominative, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΗΚΟΝΤΕΣ, ΒΑΙΝΟΝΤΕΣ
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'to go' or 'to come'.
                 
                
                    G1097 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Participle
                    Sounds like:  GNO-n-tes
                    Translations:  knowing, having known, understanding, perceiving, recognizing, realizing
                    Notes:  This word is a participle derived from the verb 'to know' or 'to understand'. It describes an action that has already occurred or is ongoing, indicating that the subject has gained knowledge or understanding. It functions like an adjective or adverb in a sentence, modifying a noun or verb to provide additional information about the state of knowing or having known something.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Participle, Nominative, Plural, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΟΙΔΑ, ΕΠΙΓΙΝΩΣΚΩ, ΣΥΝΙΗΜΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G4002 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Numeral
                    Sounds like:  PEN-teh
                    Translations:  five
                    Notes:  This word means 'five' and is used to denote the quantity of five units. It is an indeclinable numeral, meaning its form does not change regardless of the gender, case, or number of the noun it modifies. It functions like an adjective, specifying the count of something.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European. It is cognate with English 'five' and Latin 'quinque'.
                 
                
                    G2486 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  ikh-THOO-as
                    Translations:  fish, fishes
                    Notes:  This word refers to a fish or fishes. It is the accusative plural form of the noun 'ichthys', meaning 'fish'. It would be used when fish are the direct object of a verb, for example, 'they caught fish'.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Accusative, Masculine
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G0347 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ah-nah-klee-THEE-nai
                    Translations:  to recline, to lie down, to be made to recline, to be made to lie down
                    Notes:  This word is the aorist passive infinitive form of the verb 'anaklino'. It means 'to recline' or 'to lie down', often in the context of eating a meal, as was customary in ancient times. In its passive form, it means 'to be made to recline' or 'to be caused to lie down'. It describes the action of taking a reclining position, typically at a table or on the ground.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Passive, Infinitive
                    Synonyms:  ΑΝΑΠΙΠΤΩ, ΚΑΤΑΚΛΙΝΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G3956 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective
                    Sounds like:  PAN-tas
                    Translations:  all, every, everyone, the whole
                    Notes:  This word is an adjective meaning 'all' or 'every'. It is used to indicate the totality of something or someone. In this form, it is used for masculine nouns in the accusative plural, meaning 'all (of them)' or 'everyone'. It can also be used substantively to refer to 'all people' or 'everyone'.
                    Inflection:  Accusative, Plural, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΟΛΟΣ, ΑΠΑΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G4849 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  soom-po-SEE-ah
                    Translations:  a drinking party, a banquet, a feast
                    Notes:  This word refers to a drinking party, a banquet, or a feast. It describes a social gathering, often involving food and drink, where people recline together. It is a compound word derived from 'σύν' (together with) and 'πόσις' (a drinking).
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Feminine; or Plural, Nominative, Neuter; or Plural, Accusative, Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΔΕΙΠΝΟΝ, ΕΥΩΧΙΑ
                    Etymology:  From the Greek prefix ΣΥΝ- (syn-), meaning 'with' or 'together', and the noun ΠΟΣΙΣ (posis), meaning 'a drinking' or 'drink'. The word literally means 'a drinking together'.
                 
                
                    G5515 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective
                    Sounds like:  KHLO-roh
                    Translations:  (to) green, (to) fresh, (to) pale, (to) pale green, a green thing, a fresh thing
                    Notes:  This word is an adjective that describes something as green, fresh, or pale. It can refer to the color green, especially of plants or vegetation, indicating freshness or vitality. It can also describe a pale or yellowish-green hue, sometimes associated with sickness or fear. In the provided examples, it is used to describe green grass or vegetation.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Dative, Masculine or Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΠΡΑΣΙΝΟΣ, ΝΕΟΣ
                    Etymology:  The word ΧΛΩΡΟΣ (chlōros) comes from a Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'yellow, green'. It is related to words describing fresh growth or a pale color.
                 
                
                    G5528 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  KHOR-toh
                    Translations:  grass, hay, fodder, pasture, a pasture, a blade of grass
                    Notes:  This word refers to grass, hay, or fodder, often used to describe vegetation in a field or pasture. It can also refer to a single blade of grass. It is typically used in contexts related to agriculture, nature, or sustenance for animals.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Dative, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΠΟΑ, ΒΟΤΑΝΗ
                    Etymology:  The origin of this word is uncertain, but it is thought to be pre-Greek. It is related to Latin 'hortus' (garden) and English 'garden' through a common Indo-European root.
                 
                
                    G0377 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ah-neh-PEH-sah
                    Translations:  I reclined, I lay down, I sat down, I fell back, I leaned back
                    Notes:  This verb describes the action of reclining or lying down, often at a meal or for rest. It can also mean to fall back or lean back. In ancient contexts, people would recline on couches while eating, so it frequently refers to taking one's place at a table. The prefix 'ana-' suggests an upward or backward motion, hence 'to fall back' or 'to recline'.
                    Inflection:  First Person, Singular, Aorist, Indicative, Active
                    Synonyms:  ΚΑΤΑΚΛΙΝΩ, ΑΝΑΚΛΙΝΩ
                    Etymology:  From the prefix 'ana-' (up, back) and the verb 'piptō' (to fall). The combination implies falling back or reclining.
                 
                
                    G4237 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  prah-see-AI
                    Translations:  rows, groups, garden beds
                    Notes:  This word refers to rows or groups, often specifically rows of plants in a garden bed. It is used to describe people sitting in an orderly fashion, like rows in a garden, or groups of people. In the provided context, it describes people sitting in groups or rows.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Nominative or Vocative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΣΥΝΤΑΓΜΑΤΑ, ΤΑΞΕΙΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G2596 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Preposition
                    Sounds like:  KAH-tah
                    Translations:  down, according to, against, throughout, by, during, concerning, along
                    Notes:  ΚΑΤΑ is a versatile preposition in Koine Greek. Its meaning varies significantly depending on the case of the noun it governs. When used with the genitive case, it often indicates movement 'down from,' opposition 'against,' or reference 'concerning' something. When used with the accusative case, it typically means 'down along,' 'according to,' 'throughout,' 'during,' or 'by' means of something. It can express direction, distribution, opposition, or a standard.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΠΡΟΣ, ΑΝΤΙ, ΔΙΑ
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European *kmtá, meaning 'down, with'. It is related to other prepositions and adverbs in various Indo-European languages.
                 
                
                    G1540 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Numeral, Adjective
                    Sounds like:  heh-ka-TON
                    Translations:  hundred, a hundred
                    Notes:  This word is a cardinal numeral meaning 'one hundred'. It is used to indicate a quantity of one hundred of something. It can function as an adjective modifying a noun, or sometimes as a substantive.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect for gender, number, or case in its basic form, though it can be used with various cases depending on the noun it modifies.
                    
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European *h₁ḱm̥tóm, meaning 'hundred'. It is related to similar words in other Indo-European languages.
                 
                
                    
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Letter
                    Sounds like:  NOO
                    Translations:  Nu
                    Notes:  This is the thirteenth letter of the Greek alphabet, corresponding to the English 'N'. In the ancient Greek numeral system, it represented the number 50. It can also be used as an abbreviation for various words, depending on the context.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    
                    Etymology:  The letter Nu is derived from the Phoenician letter Nun, which meant 'fish'.
                 
                
                    G2983 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb, Participle
                    Sounds like:  lah-BOHN
                    Translations:  taking, having taken, receiving, having received, seizing, having seized
                    Notes:  This word is an aorist active participle derived from the verb 'λαμβάνω' (lambanō), meaning 'to take,' 'to receive,' or 'to seize.' As a participle, it functions like an adjective or adverb, describing an action that has already occurred. It often indicates the means or circumstance by which another action takes place. For example, 'having taken the book, he read it' or 'receiving the gift, she smiled.'
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Participle, Singular, Masculine, Nominative
                    Synonyms:  ΚΟΜΙΣΑΜΕΝΟΣ, ΔΕΞΑΜΕΝΟΣ, ΕΙΛΗΦΩΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G4072 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  PEH-toh-meh
                    Translations:  fly, be flying, flee, escape
                    Notes:  This word is the second person plural present active imperative form of the verb 'πέτομαι' (petomai), meaning 'to fly' or 'to be flying'. It commands a group of people to fly or to take flight. In some contexts, it can also imply fleeing or escaping.
                    Inflection:  Second Person, Plural, Present, Active, Imperative
                    Synonyms:  ΦΕΥΓΩ, ΑΝΑΠΕΤΟΜΑΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G0308 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Participle, Verb
                    Sounds like:  ah-nah-BLEP-sas
                    Translations:  having looked up, looking up, having regained sight, regaining sight
                    Notes:  This word is an aorist active participle derived from the verb 'anablepō', meaning 'to look up' or 'to regain sight'. As a participle, it functions like an adjective or adverb, describing an action that has already occurred or is completed in relation to the main verb of the sentence. It can describe someone who has lifted their eyes upwards, or someone who has recovered their vision after being blind.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Masculine, Aorist, Active, Participle
                    Synonyms:  ANAKYPTAS, ANATHEORISAS
                    Etymology:  The word 'anablepō' is a compound verb formed from 'ana' (ἀνά), meaning 'up' or 'again', and 'blepō' (βλέπω), meaning 'to see' or 'to look'. Thus, it literally means 'to look up' or 'to see again'.
                 
                
                    G3772 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  oo-RAH-non
                    Translations:  heaven, a heaven, sky, a sky
                    Notes:  This word refers to the sky or the heavens, often understood as the dwelling place of God or the celestial realm. It is used to describe the physical expanse above the earth, as well as a spiritual or divine sphere. In a sentence, it might be used to indicate direction, as in 'looking up to heaven,' or as a location, as in 'God is in heaven.'
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΑΗΡ, ΑΙΘΗΡ
                    
                 
                
                    G2127 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  yoo-loh-GAY-seh
                    Translations:  blessed, he blessed, she blessed, it blessed
                    Notes:  This word is the third person singular aorist indicative active form of the verb 'eulogeo'. It means 'to bless' or 'to speak well of'. In ancient Greek, it often refers to God's act of bestowing favor or good things upon someone, or a person's act of praising or speaking well of God or others.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Indicative, Active, Third Person Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΕΥΧΑΡΙΣΤΕΩ, ΕΠΑΙΝΕΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G2806 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb, Participle
                    Sounds like:  klah-SAS
                    Translations:  breaking, having broken, after breaking
                    Notes:  ΚΛΑΣΑΣ is the aorist active participle of the verb κλάω, meaning 'to break'. As a participle, it describes an action performed by the subject, often indicating an action that occurred prior to or concurrently with the main verb of the sentence. It can be translated as 'breaking' or 'having broken', depending on the context.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Participle, Nominative, Masculine, Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΣΥΝΤΡΙΒΩ, ΡΗΓΝΥΜΙ
                    Etymology:  The verb κλάω (klaō) comes from a Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'to break'. It is related to words in other Indo-European languages that also convey the sense of breaking or splitting.
                 
                
                    G3101 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  mah-thay-TAIS
                    Translations:  (to) disciples, (to) students, (to) learners
                    Notes:  This word refers to a learner, pupil, or disciple. It is used to describe someone who follows and learns from a teacher or master. In the provided context, it is in the dative plural form, indicating the recipients of an action or the persons to whom something is directed.
                    Inflection:  Dative, Plural, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΜΑΘΗΤΕΥΤΗΣ, ΕΚΜΑΘΗΤΗΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G3908 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  pa-ra-ti-THOH-sin
                    Translations:  they set before, they present, they offer, they entrust, they commit
                    Notes:  This word describes the action of placing something before someone, such as food, or presenting an idea. It can also mean to entrust or commit something to someone's care, like a responsibility or a deposit. It is a compound word formed from 'παρά' (para), meaning 'beside' or 'alongside', and 'τίθημι' (tithemi), meaning 'to place' or 'to put'.
                    Inflection:  Third Person, Plural, Present, Active, Indicative or Subjunctive
                    Synonyms:  ΠΡΟΣΦΕΡΩ, ΔΙΔΩΜΙ, ΕΠΙΤΡΕΠΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G3908 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  pah-rah-THOH-sin
                    Translations:  they may set before, they may present, they may commit, they may entrust, they may commend, they may place beside
                    Notes:  This word is a compound verb formed from the preposition παρά (para), meaning 'beside' or 'alongside', and the verb τίθημι (tithēmi), meaning 'to place' or 'to put'. As such, it means 'to place beside', 'to set before', or 'to present'. It is often used in the sense of entrusting something to someone, committing a task, or commending someone to another's care. It can also refer to setting food before someone.
                    Inflection:  Third Person Plural, Aorist, Active, Subjunctive
                    Synonyms:  ΤΙΘΗΜΙ, ΔΙΔΩΜΙ, ΕΠΙΔΙΔΩΜΙ
                    Etymology:  The word ΠΑΡΑΤΙΘΗΜΙ is a compound of the preposition ΠΑΡΑ (para), meaning 'beside' or 'alongside', and the verb ΤΙΘΗΜΙ (tithēmi), meaning 'to place' or 'to put'. ΤΙΘΗΜΙ comes from a Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'to put' or 'to place'.
                 
                
                    
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Letter, Numeral
                    Sounds like:  BEE-tah
                    Translations:  Beta, 2, two
                    Notes:  This is the second letter of the Greek alphabet, Beta. In the Greek numeral system, it represents the number 2. It is used both as a letter in words and as a numerical symbol.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    
                    Etymology:  The Greek letter Beta is derived from the Phoenician letter Bet. It is the ancestor of the Latin letter B.
                 
                
                    G3307 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  eh-MEH-ree-sen
                    Translations:  he divided, she divided, it divided, he distributed, she distributed, it distributed
                    Notes:  The word ΕΜΕΡΙΣΕΝ is the third person singular aorist active indicative form of the verb ΜΕΡΙΖΩ. It means 'to divide' or 'to distribute'. This form indicates an action that was completed in the past by a single subject (he, she, or it). It is often used in contexts where something is being portioned out or separated among individuals or groups.
                    Inflection:  Third Person, Singular, Aorist, Indicative, Active
                    Synonyms:  ΔΙΑΙΡΕΩ, ΔΙΑΔΙΔΩΜΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G3956 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective
                    Sounds like:  PAH-sin
                    Translations:  to all, for all, with all, by all, in all
                    Notes:  This word is an adjective meaning 'all' or 'every'. It is used to indicate totality or completeness, often modifying a noun to show that something applies to every member of a group or every part of a whole. In this dative plural form, it typically translates as 'to all', 'for all', 'with all', or 'in all', depending on the context.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Dative, Masculine, Feminine or Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΟΛΟΣ, ΑΠΑΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G5315 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  eh-PHA-gon
                    Translations:  ate, did eat, have eaten
                    Notes:  ΕΦΑΓΟΝ is the third person plural, aorist active indicative form of the verb meaning 'to eat'. It describes a completed action in the past, indicating that 'they ate' or 'they did eat'. This form is commonly used to narrate past events without emphasizing the duration or repetition of the action.
                    Inflection:  Third Person Plural, Aorist, Active, Indicative
                    Synonyms:  ΕΣΘΙΩ, ΒΙΒΡΩΣΚΩ
                    Etymology:  The root ΦΑΓ (PHAG) is a common aorist stem for verbs related to eating, derived from an older Proto-Indo-European root. It is often used in conjunction with other prefixes to form compound verbs.
                 
                
                    G3956 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective
                    Sounds like:  PAN-tes
                    Translations:  all, every, whole
                    Notes:  This word means 'all' or 'every'. It is used to indicate the totality or completeness of a group or quantity, often referring to 'all' members of a set or 'every' single item. It can also mean 'whole' when referring to a single entity.
                    Inflection:  Nominative, Masculine, Plural
                    Synonyms:  HOLOS
                    
                 
                
                    G5526 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ek-hor-TAS-thay-sah
                    Translations:  they were fed, they were satisfied, they were filled
                    Notes:  This word describes the act of being fed or satisfied, often in the context of having enough food or sustenance. It implies a state of being completely filled or satiated, rather than just having a little. It is typically used to describe a group of people who have been provided for.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Indicative, Passive, Third Person Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΠΛΗΘΥΝΩ, ΓΕΜΙΖΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G2801 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  KLAHS-mah-tohn
                    Translations:  of fragments, of pieces, of broken pieces
                    Notes:  This word refers to broken pieces or fragments, most commonly used in the context of broken bread, such as the leftovers from a meal. It signifies small, separated parts of something larger.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Genitive, Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΣΥΝΤΡΙΜΜΑΤΑ, ΘΡΑΥΣΜΑΤΑ
                    
                 
                
                    G2894 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  koh-fee-NOHN
                    Translations:  of baskets, of a basket
                    Notes:  This word refers to a basket, specifically a small, flexible basket, often made of wicker or rushes, used for carrying provisions or food. In its genitive plural form, it indicates possession or origin, meaning 'of baskets' or 'belonging to baskets'. It is commonly used in contexts describing the collection of leftover food, such as in the New Testament accounts of the feeding of the multitudes.
                    Inflection:  Genitive, Plural, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΣΠΥΡΙΔΩΝ, ΠΛΕΚΤΗ
                    Etymology:  The word κόφινος (kophinos) is of uncertain origin, possibly pre-Greek or borrowed from a Semitic language. It refers to a type of basket, often associated with Jewish culture in the ancient world.
                 
                
                    G4138 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  play-ROH-mah-tah
                    Translations:  fullness, a fullness, completion, that which fills, contents, a full complement, a filling, a supply
                    Notes:  This word refers to that which fills or completes something, or the state of being full. It can denote the contents of something, a full complement of people or things, or the act of filling. It is often used to describe a state of abundance or completion.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΠΛΗΡΩΣΙΣ, ΓΕΜΙΣΜΑ, ΠΛΗΘΟΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G2486 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  ikh-thoo-OHN
                    Translations:  of fish, of the fish
                    Notes:  This word refers to 'fish' in the plural genitive case. It is used to indicate possession or origin, meaning 'belonging to fish' or 'from fish'. For example, one might speak of 'the flesh of fish' or 'the ruler of fish'.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Genitive, Masculine
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G5315 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  fah-GON-tes
                    Translations:  eating, having eaten, who ate
                    Notes:  This word is an aorist active participle, meaning 'having eaten' or 'who ate'. It describes an action of eating that has been completed before the main action of the sentence. It functions like an adjective or adverb, modifying a noun or verb to indicate that the subject performed the action of eating.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Participle, Nominative, Masculine, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΕΣΘΙΩ
                    Etymology:  The verb φάγω (phagō) is a suppletive aorist form of ἐσθίω (esthiō), meaning 'to eat'. Its origin is ancient, tracing back to Proto-Indo-European roots related to consumption.
                 
                
                    G4002 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Numeral, Adjective
                    Sounds like:  pen-TAH-kis-KHEE-lee-oy
                    Translations:  five thousand
                    Notes:  This word is a compound numeral meaning 'five thousand'. It is used to describe a quantity of five thousand units of something, often referring to people or things. It functions as an adjective, modifying a noun.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Nominative or Accusative, Masculine or Feminine or Neuter
                    
                    Etymology:  This word is a compound of two Greek words: πέντε (pente), meaning 'five', and χίλιοι (chilioi), meaning 'thousand'.
                 
                
                    G0435 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  AHN-dres
                    Translations:  men, a man, husbands
                    Notes:  This word is the plural form of 'anēr', meaning 'man' or 'husband'. It is used to refer to multiple adult males or husbands. In some contexts, it can also be used as a general address for a group of people, similar to 'fellows' or 'gentlemen'.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Nominative or Vocative
                    Synonyms:  ΑΝΘΡΩΠΟΙ, ΒΡΟΤΟΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G315 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ay-nahng-KAH-seh
                    Translations:  he compelled, he forced, he constrained, he urged, he pressed
                    Notes:  This word is the third person singular, aorist active indicative form of the verb 'anagkazo'. It means 'he compelled' or 'he forced' someone to do something. It describes an action that happened in the past, completed at a specific point, indicating that someone exerted pressure or authority to make another person act in a certain way. It can also imply urging or pressing someone to comply.
                    Inflection:  Third Person, Singular, Aorist, Active, Indicative
                    Synonyms:  ΒΙΑΖΩ, ΚΑΤΑΝΑΓΚΑΖΩ
                    Etymology:  The verb ΑΝΑΓΚΑΖΩ (anagkazo) is derived from the noun ΑΝΑΓΚΗ (anagke), meaning 'necessity' or 'compulsion'. Thus, the verb literally means 'to put under necessity' or 'to compel by necessity'.
                 
                
                    G3101 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  mah-thay-TAS
                    Translations:  disciples, students, learners
                    Notes:  This word refers to a learner, pupil, or disciple. It is commonly used in the New Testament to refer to the followers of Jesus, who were learning from his teachings and example. It can also refer to students in a general sense.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Accusative, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΜΑΘΟΝΤΕΣ, ΕΚΜΑΘΟΝΤΕΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G1684 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  em-BEE-nai
                    Translations:  to go into, to enter, to embark, to step in, to get into
                    Notes:  This word is an aorist active infinitive form of the verb 'embainō'. It means 'to go into' or 'to enter' and is often used to describe the action of stepping into a vehicle like a boat, or entering a place. As an infinitive, it functions like a verbal noun and can be used as the object of another verb or to express purpose.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Infinitive
                    Synonyms:  ΕΙΣΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΕΠΙΒΑΙΝΩ
                    Etymology:  From the preposition ΕΝ (EN), meaning 'in' or 'into', and the verb ΒΑΙΝΩ (BAINO), meaning 'to go' or 'to step'.
                 
                
                    G4143 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  PLOY-on
                    Translations:  boat, a boat, ship, a ship, vessel, a vessel
                    Notes:  This word refers to a watercraft, such as a boat, ship, or vessel, used for travel or transport on water. It is commonly used in narratives describing sea voyages or fishing activities, indicating any size of water-going craft.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΝΑΥΣ, ΣΚΑΦΟΣ
                    Etymology:  From the Greek verb πλέω (pleō), meaning 'to sail' or 'to go by sea'.
                 
                
                    G4254 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  pro-AH-gayn
                    Translations:  to lead forth, to go before, to precede, to advance, to proceed, to bring forth, to bring out
                    Notes:  This is a compound verb formed from the preposition πρό (pro, 'before') and the verb ἄγω (ago, 'to lead'). It means to lead someone or something forward, to go ahead of others, or to advance in a particular direction. It can be used in contexts of physical movement, like leading an army, or in a more abstract sense, like progressing in a task.
                    Inflection:  Present, Active, Infinitive
                    Synonyms:  ΑΓΩ, ΠΡΟΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΠΡΟΒΑΙΝΩ
                    Etymology:  From Ancient Greek πρό (pro, 'before') and ἄγω (agō, 'to lead').
                 
                
                    G4008 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adverb, Preposition
                    Sounds like:  PEH-ra
                    Translations:  beyond, on the other side, further, over
                    Notes:  This word functions as an adverb meaning 'beyond' or 'on the other side,' indicating movement or position past a certain point. It can also be used as a preposition with the genitive case to mean 'beyond' or 'over.' It describes something that is located or extends past a boundary or limit.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΕΠΕΚΕΙΝΑ, ΕΞΩ
                    Etymology:  From an ancient root meaning 'to pass through' or 'to cross over.'
                 
                
                    G0966 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Proper Noun
                    Sounds like:  beth-sa-ee-DAN
                    Translations:  Bethsaida, to Bethsaida, into Bethsaida
                    Notes:  Bethsaida was a town located on the eastern shore of the Sea of Galilee, in the region of Galilee. It is mentioned in the New Testament as the home of several of Jesus' apostles and a place where Jesus performed miracles. It is typically used in sentences to refer to the town itself or as the destination of movement.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Feminine
                    
                    Etymology:  The name 'Bethsaida' is a compound word derived from Aramaic, meaning 'house of fishing' or 'house of the fisherman'.
                 
                
                    G630 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ah-po-LYOO-ee
                    Translations:  he releases, he dismisses, he sends away, he divorces, he sets free, he lets go, he pardons
                    Notes:  This word describes the action of releasing, dismissing, or sending someone or something away. It can be used in various contexts, such as releasing a prisoner, dismissing a crowd, sending someone on their way, or even divorcing a spouse. It implies a separation or a setting free from a previous state or connection.
                    Inflection:  Present, Indicative, Active, Third Person Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΑΦΙΗΜΙ, ΕΞΑΠΟΣΤΕΛΛΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G0657 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ah-po-TAX-ah-meh-nos
                    Translations:  having taken leave, having renounced, having said farewell, having bid farewell, having separated oneself, having given up
                    Notes:  This word is the aorist middle participle of the verb ἀποτάσσω (apotassō), meaning to separate oneself from, to take leave of, or to renounce. It describes an action completed in the past by the subject, emphasizing their personal involvement in the act of separation or renunciation.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Middle Voice, Participle, Masculine, Singular, Nominative
                    Synonyms:  ΑΠΟΧΩΡΕΩ, ΑΦΙΣΤΑΜΑΙ
                    Etymology:  From Ancient Greek ἀπό (apo, "from, away from") and τάσσω (tassō, "to arrange, to order"). The combination implies arranging oneself away from something or someone.
                 
                
                    G0565 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ap-EEL-then
                    Translations:  he went away, she went away, it went away, he departed, she departed, it departed
                    Notes:  This word is a compound verb formed from the preposition 'ἀπό' (apo), meaning 'from' or 'away from', and the verb 'ἔρχομαι' (erchomai), meaning 'to come' or 'to go'. Therefore, 'ἀπῆλθεν' specifically means 'he/she/it went away' or 'he/she/it departed'. It describes movement from one place to another, indicating a departure or withdrawal.
                    Inflection:  Aorist Indicative, Active Voice, Third Person Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΑΠΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΕΞΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΥΠΑΓΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G3735 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  O-ROS
                    Translations:  mountain, a mountain, hill, mount
                    Notes:  This word refers to a mountain or a hill. It is commonly used to denote a high, natural elevation of land. In the New Testament, it often refers to specific mountains like the Mount of Olives or a general mountainous region.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΒΟΥΝΟΣ, ΟΡΕΙΝΗ
                    Etymology:  From an unknown root, possibly related to the idea of rising or elevation. It is a common term for a mountain in ancient Greek.
                 
                
                    G4336 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  pros-YOOK-sas-thai
                    Translations:  to pray, to make a prayer, to offer prayer
                    Notes:  This word means to pray or to offer prayer. It is commonly used in the context of addressing God or a deity, expressing devotion, making requests, or giving thanks. It can be used in sentences like 'He went to pray' or 'They gathered to pray to the Lord'.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Middle Voice, Infinitive
                    Synonyms:  ΔΕΟΜΑΙ, ΑΙΤΕΩ, ΕΥΧΟΜΑΙ
                    Etymology:  From Ancient Greek προσεύχομαι (proseúkhomai), a compound of πρός (pros, "to, toward") and εὔχομαι (eúkhomai, "to pray, to wish").
                 
                
                    G3796 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  op-SEE-as
                    Translations:  of evening, in the evening, late, a late hour
                    Notes:  This word refers to the evening or the late part of the day. It is a feminine noun and is often used to denote a specific time, such as 'in the evening' or 'at a late hour'. It can also refer to the period just before nightfall.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΔΕΙΛΗ
                    Etymology:  The word ΟΨΙΑ (opsia) is derived from the adjective ΟΨΙΟΣ (opsios), meaning 'late'. It refers to the late part of the day, specifically the evening.
                 
                
                    G1510 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ANE
                    Translations:  was, he was, she was, it was, I was
                    Notes:  This word is an inflected form of the verb 'to be'. It is used to describe a state of being or existence in the past, often indicating a continuous or repeated action or condition. For example, it can mean 'he was' or 'it was'.
                    Inflection:  Imperfect Indicative, 1st or 3rd person singular
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G3319 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective
                    Sounds like:  MEH-soh
                    Translations:  middle, midst, among, between, in the midst (of), (in the) middle (of), (among), (between)
                    Notes:  This word refers to the middle or center of something. It is often used in a prepositional phrase, such as 'in the midst of' or 'among', indicating a position surrounded by others. It can also describe something that is intermediate or in between two points.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Dative, Masculine or Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΕΝΔΟΝ, ΕΣΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G2281 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  tha-LAS-sees
                    Translations:  of the sea, of a sea
                    Notes:  This word refers to a large body of salt water, such as an ocean or a sea. It is often used to describe the physical body of water, but can also be used metaphorically to represent vastness, chaos, or the Gentile world in some contexts. It is typically used in a possessive sense, indicating something belonging to or related to the sea.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΠΕΛΑΓΟΣ, ΩΚΕΑΝΟΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G3441 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective
                    Sounds like:  MOH-nos
                    Translations:  only, alone, single, a single one
                    Notes:  This word describes something as being unique, solitary, or singular. It emphasizes exclusivity, meaning 'one and no other'. It can be used to describe a person, object, or concept that stands by itself or is the sole instance of something. For example, it can refer to someone being 'alone' or 'the only one' of a kind.
                    Inflection:  Masculine, Nominative, Singular. This word inflects for gender, number, and case (e.g., feminine ΜΟΝΗ, neuter ΜΟΝΟΝ, plural ΜΟΝΟΙ).
                    Synonyms:  ΜΟΝΟΓΕΝΗΣ, ΕΙΣ
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European *mon- (to remain, stay). It is related to the idea of being fixed or standing alone.
                 
                
                    G1093 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  GAYS
                    Translations:  (of) earth, (of) land, (of) ground, (of) world, (of) country, (of) region
                    Notes:  This word refers to the earth, land, or ground. It can denote the physical soil, a specific territory or country, or the entire planet. As a genitive form, it indicates possession, origin, or the material from which something is made, often translated with 'of' in English.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΧΩΡΑ, ΑΓΡΟΣ
                    Etymology:  The word ΓΗ (gē) comes from Proto-Hellenic *gā́, which itself is from Proto-Indo-European *ǵʰeh₁- ('earth').
                 
                
                    G3708 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ee-DON
                    Translations:  having seen, when he saw, when they saw, seeing, looking, perceiving
                    Notes:  This word is the aorist active participle of the verb 'οράω' (orao), meaning 'to see' or 'to perceive'. As a participle, it functions like an adjective or adverb, describing an action that has already occurred relative to the main verb. It often indicates the cause or circumstance of another action, such as 'having seen this, he did that'.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Participle, Nominative, Masculine, Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΒΛΕΠΩΝ, ΘΕΩΡΩΝ
                    
                 
                
                    G0928 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Participle
                    Sounds like:  bah-sah-nee-ZOH-meh-noos
                    Translations:  being tormented, being distressed, being tortured, being vexed, being tested
                    Notes:  This word describes someone or something that is undergoing torment, distress, or severe testing. It can refer to physical pain, mental anguish, or the difficulty of a trial. It is often used to describe people suffering under pressure or affliction.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Masculine, Accusative, Present, Middle/Passive
                    Synonyms:  ΚΟΛΑΖΟΜΕΝΟΥΣ, ΤΑΛΑΙΠΩΡΟΥΜΕΝΟΥΣ, ΘΛΙΒΟΜΕΝΟΥΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G1643 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  eh-LAU-nin
                    Translations:  to drive, to row, to push, to impel, to move, to go
                    Notes:  This word is the present active infinitive form of the verb ἐλαύνω (elaunō). It means 'to drive,' 'to row,' 'to push,' or 'to impel.' In the provided context, 'ΕΝ ΤΩ ΕΛΑΥΝΙΝ' (en tō elaunin) means 'in their rowing' or 'while they were rowing,' indicating an action in progress. It describes the act of propelling something, often a boat with oars, or driving something forward.
                    Inflection:  Present, Active, Infinitive
                    Synonyms:  ΩΘΕΩ, ΠΛΕΩ, ΚΙΝΕΩ
                    Etymology:  The verb ἐλαύνω (elaunō) comes from a Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'to drive, to push.' It is related to words in other Indo-European languages that also convey the idea of movement or propulsion.
                 
                
                    G3588, G3739 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Article, Pronoun, Numeral
                    Sounds like:  HAY
                    Translations:  the, who, which, what, that, she, a, an, 8
                    Notes:  This word is a scribal abbreviation, indicated by the overline. It most commonly represents the feminine nominative singular definite article 'ἡ' (he), meaning 'the' or 'a/an'. It can also represent the feminine nominative singular relative pronoun 'ἥ' (he), meaning 'who', 'which', or 'that'. Additionally, 'Η' (eta) can function as the numeral 8 in the Greek numbering system. The context of the sentence is crucial for determining the correct meaning.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Feminine (for article/pronoun); Does not inflect (for numeral)
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G1727 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective
                    Sounds like:  en-AN-tee-os
                    Translations:  opposite, contrary, hostile, an opponent, an adversary
                    Notes:  This word describes something that is set against or in opposition to something else. It can refer to a physical position, like being directly opposite, or to a metaphorical state, such as being hostile or an adversary. It is often used to describe an enemy or an opposing force.
                    Inflection:  Masculine, Nominative, Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΑΝΤΙΚΕΙΜΕΝΟΣ, ΕΧΘΡΟΣ, ΥΠΕΝΑΝΤΙΟΣ
                    Etymology:  From Ancient Greek, derived from 'en' (in) and 'antios' (opposite, facing). It describes something that is 'in opposition' or 'facing against'.
                 
                
                    G0417 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  AH-neh-mos
                    Translations:  wind, a wind, breath, a breath
                    Notes:  This word refers to moving air, often a strong current of air. It can be used literally to describe atmospheric wind, or metaphorically to represent doctrines, influences, or even the Spirit. It is a common term found throughout ancient Greek literature and the New Testament.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΠΝΕΥΜΑ
                    Etymology:  From an ancient root meaning 'to blow' or 'to breathe'. It is related to words for 'breath' and 'spirit' in various Indo-European languages.
                 
                
                    G4012 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Preposition
                    Sounds like:  PEH-ree
                    Translations:  about, concerning, around, for, on behalf of, with respect to, at, near
                    Notes:  This word is a preposition that can take either the genitive or accusative case, and its meaning changes depending on the case of the noun it governs. When used with the genitive case, it typically means 'about', 'concerning', 'for', or 'on behalf of'. When used with the accusative case, it usually indicates spatial 'around', 'about' (in the sense of movement or position), 'at', or 'near'. It can also be used as a prefix in compound words, adding a sense of 'around' or 'excessive'.
                    Inflection:  Governs Genitive or Accusative case; Does not inflect itself
                    Synonyms:  ΥΠΕΡ, ΑΜΦΙ, ΕΠΙ
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European *peri, meaning 'around, about'. It is cognate with English 'peri-' (as in 'perimeter') and Latin 'per'.
                 
                
                    G5067 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective
                    Sounds like:  teh-TAR-teen
                    Translations:  fourth, a fourth
                    Notes:  This word means 'fourth' and is used to indicate the ordinal position in a sequence. It functions as an adjective, modifying a noun to specify its place in a series, such as 'the fourth day' or 'the fourth hour'.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Feminine
                    
                    Etymology:  From τέσσαρες (tessares), meaning 'four'.
                 
                
                    G5438 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  foo-la-KAYN
                    Translations:  guard, a guard, prison, a prison, watch, a watch, custody, a custody, keeping, a keeping
                    Notes:  This word refers to the act of guarding or keeping, a place of custody like a prison, or a period of watching, such as a night watch. It can be used to describe a literal prison or a state of being held in custody. It can also refer to the act of keeping or observing something, like a command or a law.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΡΙΟΝ, ΤΗΡΗΣΙΣ, ΚΟΥΣΤΩΔΙΑ
                    Etymology:  The word ΦΥΛΑΚΗ (phylakē) comes from the verb φυλάσσω (phylassō), meaning 'to guard, watch, protect'.
                 
                
                    G3571 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  NOOK-tos
                    Translations:  of night, of a night, night's
                    Notes:  This word refers to the period of darkness between sunset and sunrise. As a genitive case, it indicates possession, origin, or time, often translated as 'of night' or 'by night'. It is used to specify when an event occurs or to describe something belonging to the night.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΣΚΟΤΟΣ, ΖΟΦΟΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G4043 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb, Participle
                    Sounds like:  peh-ree-pa-TON
                    Translations:  walking, going about, living, conducting oneself, one who walks, while walking
                    Notes:  This word is the present active participle of the verb 'ΠΕΡΙΠΑΤΕΩ' (peripateō), meaning 'to walk around' or 'to go about'. It describes an action that is ongoing. In a broader sense, it can refer to one's manner of life or conduct, indicating how someone lives or behaves. It is often used to describe someone who is literally walking, but can also be used metaphorically for one's spiritual or moral journey.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Masculine, Present, Active, Participle
                    Synonyms:  ΒΑΔΙΖΩ, ΠΟΡΕΥΟΜΑΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G3928 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  par-EL-thay
                    Translations:  to pass by, to pass away, to come, to go, to arrive, to transgress, to neglect, to disregard
                    Notes:  This word describes the action of moving past something or someone, either literally in a physical sense, or figuratively in terms of time (passing away) or rules (transgressing). It can also mean to arrive or come to a place. In some contexts, it implies neglecting or disregarding something.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Infinitive
                    Synonyms:  ΔΙΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΠΡΟΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΑΠΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G3708 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ee-DON-tes
                    Translations:  seeing, having seen, when they saw, those who saw
                    Notes:  This word is a participle derived from the verb 'to see'. It describes an action of seeing that has already occurred or is ongoing, often functioning adjectivally or adverbially to describe the subject of the main verb. It can be translated as 'seeing', 'having seen', or 'when they saw', depending on the context.
                    Inflection:  Aorist Active Participle, Nominative, Masculine, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΒΛΕΠΟΝΤΕΣ, ΘΕΩΡΟΥΝΤΕΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G4043 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Participle
                    Sounds like:  peh-ree-pah-TOON-tah
                    Translations:  walking, going about, living, conducting oneself, those walking, those going about
                    Notes:  This word is a present active participle derived from the verb 'ΠΕΡΙΠΑΤΕΩ', meaning 'to walk' or 'to go about'. As a participle, it functions like an adjective or adverb, describing an action that is ongoing. It can refer to physical movement, but often in Koine Greek, it metaphorically describes one's manner of life, conduct, or behavior. For example, 'walking in truth' means 'living truthfully'.
                    Inflection:  Present, Active, Participle, Accusative, Plural, Masculine or Feminine or Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΠΟΡΕΥΟΜΑΙ, ΒΑΔΙΖΩ
                    Etymology:  The word 'ΠΕΡΙΠΑΤΕΩ' is a compound word formed from 'ΠΕΡΙ' (peri), meaning 'around' or 'about', and 'ΠΑΤΕΩ' (pateo), meaning 'to tread' or 'to walk'. Thus, it literally means 'to walk around'.
                 
                
                    G1380 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  eh-DOK-san
                    Translations:  they thought, they seemed, they supposed, they appeared, they resolved, they decided
                    Notes:  ΕΔΟΞΑΝ is the third person plural, aorist indicative active form of the verb ΔΟΚΕΩ (dokeō). It means 'they thought,' 'they seemed,' 'they supposed,' 'they appeared,' or 'they resolved/decided.' This form indicates an action completed in the past by a group of people. It is often used to describe what a group of people believed or how something appeared to them.
                    Inflection:  Third Person, Plural, Aorist, Indicative, Active
                    Synonyms:  ΩΗΘΗΣΑΝ, ΕΝΟΜΙΣΑΝ
                    
                 
                
                    G5326 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  fah-TAHS-mah
                    Translations:  apparition, phantom, ghost, a phantom
                    Notes:  This noun refers to an apparition, a phantom, or a ghost, something that appears to the senses but is not real or tangible. It is derived from the verb meaning 'to make visible' or 'to appear'. It is typically used to describe a supernatural or illusory appearance.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΕΙΔΩΛΟΝ, ΠΝΕΥΜΑ
                    
                 
                
                    G0349 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  an-EK-rax-an
                    Translations:  they cried out, they shouted, they screamed
                    Notes:  This word is a verb meaning 'to cry out' or 'to shout loudly'. It is often used to describe a sudden, strong vocal expression, such as a scream of fear, surprise, or pain, or a loud declaration. It is the third person plural aorist active indicative form of the verb ANAKRAZO, indicating an action that occurred in the past and was completed by multiple subjects.
                    Inflection:  Third Person, Plural, Aorist, Active, Indicative
                    Synonyms:  ΚΡΑΖΩ, ΒΟΑΩ, ΦΩΝΕΩ
                    Etymology:  The word ANAKRAZO is a compound verb formed from the prefix ANA- (meaning 'up' or 'again') and the verb KRAZO (meaning 'to cry out' or 'to shriek'). The prefix intensifies the action of crying out.
                 
                
                    G3708 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  EE-dahn
                    Translations:  they saw, they beheld, they perceived, they noticed
                    Notes:  This word is the third person plural, aorist active indicative form of the verb 'horao', meaning 'to see' or 'to perceive'. It describes an action of seeing that occurred in the past and was completed. It is used to indicate that a group of people observed or became aware of something.
                    Inflection:  Third Person, Plural, Aorist, Active, Indicative
                    Synonyms:  ΒΛΕΠΩ, ΘΕΩΡΕΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G5015 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  eh-ta-RAKH-theh-san
                    Translations:  they were troubled, they were disturbed, they were agitated, they were stirred up
                    Notes:  This word describes a state of being troubled, disturbed, or agitated, often referring to a mental or emotional disturbance, but it can also refer to physical stirring or shaking. It is used to indicate that a group of people or things experienced a significant internal or external disturbance. It is the aorist passive indicative form of the verb 'tarassō', meaning 'to trouble' or 'to disturb'.
                    Inflection:  Third Person, Plural, Aorist, Passive, Indicative
                    Synonyms:  ΣΥΝΤΑΡΑΣΣΩ, ΘΟΡΥΒΕΩ, ΚΙΝΕΩ
                    Etymology:  The word 'tarassō' is of uncertain origin, possibly pre-Greek or from a root meaning 'to stir' or 'to shake'.
                 
                
                    G2980 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  eh-LAL-eh-seh
                    Translations:  he spoke, she spoke, it spoke, he said, she said, it said
                    Notes:  This word is a verb meaning 'to speak' or 'to say'. It is used to describe the action of someone uttering words or communicating verbally. It can refer to speaking in general, or to saying something specific. In the provided examples, it describes someone speaking or saying something in a past context.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Indicative, Active, Third Person Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΕΙΠΟΝ, ΛΕΓΩ, ΦΗΜΙ
                    Etymology:  The word ΛΑΛΕΩ (LALEŌ) is of uncertain origin, possibly onomatopoeic, imitating the sound of babbling or chattering. It is found in various forms in ancient Greek literature.
                 
                
                    G3326 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Preposition, Adverb
                    Sounds like:  MEH-tah
                    Translations:  with, after, among, behind, by, in company with, in pursuit of, according to
                    Notes:  This word is a preposition that can also function as an adverb. Its meaning varies depending on the case of the noun it governs. When used with the genitive case, it typically means 'with' or 'in company with'. When used with the accusative case, it usually means 'after' or 'behind' (indicating sequence or pursuit). It can also denote a change of state or position.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect (as a preposition, it governs cases)
                    Synonyms:  ΣΥΝ, ΕΠΙ, ΠΡΟΣ
                    Etymology:  The word 'μετά' (meta) comes from Proto-Indo-European *met- 'in the middle, among, with'. It is related to English 'mid' and 'middle'.
                 
                
                    G2292 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  thar-SEH-ee-teh
                    Translations:  take courage, be of good cheer, be confident, be bold
                    Notes:  This word is a verb meaning 'to take courage' or 'to be of good cheer'. It is often used as an imperative, commanding someone or a group to be brave or confident in the face of difficulty or fear. It conveys a sense of encouragement and reassurance.
                    Inflection:  Present, Active, Imperative, Second Person, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΕΥΘΥΜΕΩ, ΠΕΠΟΙΘΑ, ΤΟΛΜΑΩ
                    Etymology:  The word ΘΑΡΣΕΩ (tharseō) comes from the root ΘΑΡΣΟΣ (tharsos), meaning 'courage' or 'boldness'. It is related to the idea of being firm or resolute.
                 
                
                    G1510 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  EYE-mee
                    Translations:  to be, I am, you are, he is, she is, it is, we are, they are, to exist, to happen, to occur, to come to pass
                    Notes:  This is the Greek verb 'to be', one of the most fundamental verbs in the language. It is used to express existence, identity, or a state of being. It can function as a linking verb, connecting the subject to a predicate noun or adjective, or it can indicate simple existence or occurrence. Its meaning often depends on the context and the case of the noun or pronoun it accompanies.
                    Inflection:  Infinitive or First Person Singular Present Active Indicative. It is a highly irregular verb with many forms for person, number, tense, mood, and voice.
                    Synonyms:  ΥΠΑΡΧΩ, ΓΙΝΟΜΑΙ
                    Etymology:  The word 'eimi' comes from the Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'to be' or 'to exist'. It is a very ancient and fundamental verb found across many Indo-European languages.
                 
                
                    G5399 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  foh-BEI-stheh
                    Translations:  fear, be afraid, reverence, respect
                    Notes:  This word is a verb meaning 'to fear' or 'to be afraid'. It can also carry the sense of 'to reverence' or 'to respect', especially when referring to God or authority. It is used to express a command or exhortation, often in the context of not being afraid or showing proper reverence.
                    Inflection:  Present, Middle/Passive, Imperative, Second Person, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΔΕΙΔΩ, ΤΡΕΜΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G0305 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ah-NEH-bee
                    Translations:  he went up, she went up, it went up, he ascended, she ascended, it ascended, he came up, she came up, it came up, he climbed, she climbed, it climbed
                    Notes:  This word describes the action of going up, ascending, or climbing. It is a past tense form, specifically indicating a completed action in the past. It can be used to describe a person or thing moving upwards, such as ascending a mountain, going up to a city, or rising from a lower place.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Indicative, 3rd Person Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΑΝΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΑΝΙΣΤΑΜΑΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G2869 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  eh-KO-pa-sen
                    Translations:  ceased, stopped, subsided, calmed down, abated
                    Notes:  This word describes the action of something ceasing, stopping, or subsiding, often referring to natural phenomena like winds, storms, or waves. It implies a calming or abating of intensity. For example, a storm might 'cease' or 'subside'.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Indicative, Active, Third Person Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΠΑΥΩ, ΗΣΥΧΑΖΩ
                    Etymology:  From the Greek word κόπος (kopos), meaning 'toil' or 'weariness', implying a cessation from effort or activity.
                 
                
                    G3029 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adverb
                    Sounds like:  LEE-ahn
                    Translations:  very, exceedingly, greatly, much, extremely
                    Notes:  This word is an adverb that means 'very' or 'exceedingly'. It is used to intensify the meaning of an adjective, another adverb, or a verb, indicating a high degree or extent of something. For example, it can be used to say 'very good' or 'greatly rejoice'.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΣΦΟΔΡΑ, ΠΟΛΥ, ΜΑΛΑ
                    Etymology:  The origin of this word is uncertain, but it is thought to be related to the idea of 'smoothness' or 'plainness', which then developed into the meaning of 'very' or 'exceedingly'.
                 
                
                    G1839 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ex-IS-tah-toh
                    Translations:  he was amazed, he was astonished, he was beside himself, he was out of his mind, he was astounded
                    Notes:  This word describes a state of being utterly amazed, astonished, or even bewildered to the point of being 'beside oneself' or 'out of one's mind'. It implies a strong emotional reaction to something extraordinary or shocking, causing a person to lose their composure or normal understanding. It is often used to convey a sense of wonder, fear, or mental disorientation.
                    Inflection:  Third Person, Singular, Imperfect, Indicative, Middle/Passive Voice
                    Synonyms:  ΘΑΥΜΑΖΩ, ΕΚΠΛΗΣΣΟΜΑΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G3756, G3757 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adverb, Relative Adverb, Relative Pronoun
                    Sounds like:  OO
                    Translations:  not, no, where, of whom, of which, when
                    Notes:  This word, written without diacritics, can represent at least two distinct Koine Greek words. It most commonly functions as a negative particle (οὐ), meaning 'not' or 'no', used to express a direct and objective negation. It can also function as a relative adverb (οὗ), meaning 'where' or 'when', indicating place or time, or as a relative genitive pronoun, meaning 'of whom' or 'of which'. The precise meaning depends on the context and the original diacritics.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect (as a particle/adverb); Genitive, Singular, Masculine or Neuter (as a relative pronoun)
                    Synonyms:  ΜΗ, ΟΠΟΥ
                    Etymology:  The negative particle οὐ (ou) comes from Proto-Indo-European *ne, meaning 'not'. The relative adverb/pronoun οὗ (hou) comes from Proto-Indo-European *kʷo-, a pronominal stem.
                 
                
                    G4920 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  soon-EE-kahn
                    Translations:  understood, comprehended, perceived, discerned
                    Notes:  This word is a compound verb meaning to understand, comprehend, or perceive, often implying a deep or complete understanding. It is formed from the preposition ΣΥΝ (together with) and the verb ΙΗΜΙ (to send, to set in motion), literally meaning 'to send together' or 'to bring together in the mind'. It is used to describe the act of grasping the meaning or significance of something, whether it be words, events, or concepts.
                    Inflection:  Aorist Active Indicative, 3rd Person Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΓΙΝΩΣΚΩ, ΜΑΝΘΑΝΩ, ΕΠΙΓΙΝΩΣΚΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G0740 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  AR-toys
                    Translations:  (to) bread, (to) loaves, (to) food
                    Notes:  This word is the dative plural form of the noun 'artos', meaning 'bread' or 'loaves'. It refers to multiple instances of bread or food, and the dative case indicates that it is the indirect object of a verb or the object of a preposition, often translated with 'to' or 'for'. It can also refer to food in general.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Dative, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΣΙΤΟΣ, ΤΡΟΦΗ
                    
                 
                
                    G0235 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Conjunction, Adverb
                    Sounds like:  ALL
                    Translations:  but, yet, rather, on the contrary, however, moreover, indeed
                    Notes:  This word is a conjunction or adverb used to introduce a contrast, an exception, or an emphasis. It often translates to 'but' or 'yet' when contrasting two ideas, or 'rather' when correcting a previous statement. It can also be used to add emphasis, meaning 'indeed' or 'moreover'. It is an indeclinable particle.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΔΕ, ΠΛΗΝ, ΟΜΩΣ
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European *alyos, meaning 'other'. It is related to Latin alius and English 'else'.
                 
                
                    G2588 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  kar-DEE-ah
                    Translations:  heart, a heart, mind, inner self, center
                    Notes:  This word refers to the physical organ, the heart, but more commonly in Koine Greek, it signifies the inner person, the seat of thoughts, emotions, will, and moral character. It can represent the mind, soul, or the core of one's being. It is often used metaphorically to describe the center of something, like the 'heart of the sea'.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΨΥΧΗ, ΝΟΥΣ
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'heart'.
                 
                
                    G4456 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Participle, Adjective
                    Sounds like:  peh-po-ROH-meh-nee
                    Translations:  hardened, calloused, dull, blinded, a hardened one, a calloused one
                    Notes:  This word describes something that has become hardened or calloused, often referring to a spiritual or mental state rather than a physical one. It implies a dullness of perception or understanding, or a resistance to truth or feeling. It is often used to describe a heart or mind that has become insensitive or unperceptive.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Feminine, Perfect, Passive, Participle
                    Synonyms:  ΣΚΛΗΡΥΝΩ, ΤΥΦΛΟΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G1276 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Participle
                    Sounds like:  dee-ah-peh-RAH-sahn-tes
                    Translations:  having crossed over, having passed through, having gone across
                    Notes:  This word is a participle derived from the verb 'διαπεράω', meaning 'to cross over' or 'to pass through'. As a participle, it describes an action that has been completed, often translated as 'having crossed over' or 'after they had crossed over'. It indicates movement from one side to another, such as crossing a body of water or a region.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Participle, Nominative, Masculine, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΔΙΑΒΑΙΝΩ, ΠΕΡΑΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G1093 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  GAYN
                    Translations:  earth, an earth, land, a land, ground, a ground, country, a country, region, a region
                    Notes:  ΓΗΝ is the accusative singular form of the noun ΓΗ, meaning 'earth', 'land', 'ground', 'country', or 'region'. It is used to indicate the direct object of a verb or the destination of motion, often translated as 'to the earth' or 'into the land' depending on the context and accompanying prepositions. It can refer to the planet, a specific territory, or the soil itself.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΧΩΡΑ, ΓΕΑ
                    
                 
                
                    G1082 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Proper Noun
                    Sounds like:  gen-nay-sa-RET
                    Translations:  Gennesaret
                    Notes:  Gennesaret refers to a region or plain located on the western shore of the Sea of Galilee. It was known for its fertility and was a significant area in the time of Jesus, often mentioned in the Gospels.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Indeclinable
                    
                    Etymology:  The name Gennesaret is of Hebrew origin, likely meaning 'garden of the prince' or 'garden of riches'. It was also the name of a lake, which is now known as the Sea of Galilee.
                 
                
                    G3763 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  pros-or-MEE-thay-san
                    Translations:  they were moored, they came to anchor, they put in, they landed
                    Notes:  This is a compound verb formed from the prefix ΠΡΟΣ- (pros), meaning 'to' or 'toward', and the verb ΟΡΜΙΖΩ (hormizō), meaning 'to moor' or 'to anchor'. Therefore, the word means 'to moor or anchor toward/at a place', or 'to put in' or 'land' a ship. It describes the action of a ship arriving at a destination and securing itself.
                    Inflection:  3rd Person Plural, Aorist, Passive, Indicative
                    Synonyms:  ΠΡΟΣΟΡΜΙΖΩ, ΠΡΟΣΑΓΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G4358 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  pros-or-MEES-thay-san
                    Translations:  they moored, they came to anchor, they landed, they put in
                    Notes:  This word describes the action of a ship or boat coming to shore, mooring, or anchoring. It is a compound word formed from πρός (pros, meaning 'to' or 'towards') and ὁρμίζω (hormizo, meaning 'to moor' or 'to anchor'). It is typically used in the context of maritime travel, indicating that a vessel has reached its destination and secured itself.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Indicative, Passive, Third Person, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΠΡΟΣΑΓΩ, ΠΡΟΣΕΓΓΙΖΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G1831 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ex-el-THO-ton
                    Translations:  of having gone out, of having come out, of those who went out, of those who came out
                    Notes:  This word is a participle form of the verb 'exerchomai', meaning 'to go out' or 'to come out'. As a genitive plural participle, it describes the action of 'going out' or 'coming out' as belonging to multiple subjects. It often functions adverbially, indicating the time or circumstance of an action, such as 'when they had gone out' or 'after they had come out'.
                    Inflection:  Participle, Aorist, Active, Genitive, Plural, Masculine or Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΑΠΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΕΚΒΑΙΝΩ, ΕΚΠΟΡΕΥΟΜΑΙ
                    
                 
                
                    G4143 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  PLOI-oo
                    Translations:  of a boat, of a ship, of a vessel, boat, a boat, ship, a ship, vessel, a vessel
                    Notes:  This word refers to a boat, ship, or any kind of vessel used for water travel. It is commonly used to describe a means of transport across water, whether for fishing, trade, or passenger movement. The form 'ΠΛΟΙΟΥ' specifically indicates possession or origin, meaning 'of a boat' or 'belonging to a ship'.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΝΑΥΣ, ΣΚΑΦΟΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G1921 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Participle
                    Sounds like:  eh-pee-GNO-n-tes
                    Translations:  having known, having recognized, having understood, having learned, having become acquainted with
                    Notes:  This word is a compound participle derived from the verb 'epiginōskō'. It describes an action of coming to know, recognize, or understand something fully or accurately. It implies a deeper, more complete knowledge than simple 'knowing'. It is often used to describe a realization or a full apprehension of a fact or truth.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Active, Masculine, Nominative, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΓΙΝΩΣΚΩ, ΟΙΔΑ, ΚΑΤΑΛΑΜΒΑΝΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G4063 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  peh-ree-EH-drah-mon
                    Translations:  ran around, ran about, traversed, went around
                    Notes:  This is a compound verb formed from the prefix 'περί' (around, about) and the verb 'δραμεῖν' (to run). It means to run around or about a place, or to traverse an area. It describes movement that encompasses or encircles something.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Indicative, Active, 3rd Person Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΠΕΡΙΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΠΕΡΙΠΑΤΩ
                    
                 
                
                    G3650 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective
                    Sounds like:  HO-layn
                    Translations:  the whole, the entire, all
                    Notes:  This word is a scribal abbreviation for ΟΛΗΝ (holēn), which is the accusative feminine singular form of the adjective ΟΛΟΣ (holos). It means 'whole', 'all', or 'entire'. It is used to describe something that is complete or undivided, often modifying a feminine noun in the accusative case, indicating the direct object of a verb or the object of a preposition.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΠΑΝΤΑ, ΑΠΑΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G5561 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  KHO-ran
                    Translations:  country, a country, land, a land, region, a region, field, a field
                    Notes:  This word refers to a country, land, region, or territory. It can also denote a specific field or piece of ground. It is used to describe a geographical area or a specific plot of land.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΓΗ, ΤΟΠΟΣ, ΑΓΡΟΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G1565 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Demonstrative Pronoun, Demonstrative Adjective
                    Sounds like:  eh-KAY-nen
                    Translations:  that, that one, that woman, that thing
                    Notes:  This word is a scribal abbreviation for ΕΚΕΙΝΗΝ (EKEINEN). It is a demonstrative pronoun or adjective meaning 'that' or 'that one'. As a pronoun, it refers to a specific person or thing previously mentioned or understood from context. As an adjective, it modifies a noun, pointing out 'that' particular noun. It is used to distinguish something from another, often implying distance or a specific reference. In this form, it is feminine, singular, and in the accusative case, meaning it would typically be the direct object of a verb or the object of a preposition.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Accusative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΟΔΕ, ΟΥΤΟΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G0757 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  EER-xan-toh
                    Translations:  they began, they started
                    Notes:  This word is the third person plural aorist middle/passive indicative form of the verb 'archomai', meaning 'to begin' or 'to start'. It indicates an action that was initiated in the past by a group of people, often with the sense of taking the lead or being the first to do something.
                    Inflection:  Aorist, Indicative, Middle/Passive, 3rd Person, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΕΝΑΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΚΑΤΑΡΧΟΜΑΙ
                    Etymology:  From Ancient Greek ἄρχω (archō, “to be first, to rule”) + -ομαι (-omai, middle voice suffix).
                 
                
                    G2895 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  krah-BAK-toys
                    Translations:  to a pallet, to pallets, to a mat, to mats, to a bed, to beds
                    Notes:  This word refers to a small, portable bed, often a pallet or mat, used for sleeping or resting. It is typically a humble and simple sleeping arrangement, not a grand bed. In the New Testament, it is often associated with the sick or infirm who are carried on such a bed.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Dative, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΚΛΙΝΗ, ΚΛΙΝΑΡΙΟΝ
                    Etymology:  The word is of uncertain origin, possibly a loanword from a Semitic language or a colloquial term. It is thought to be a diminutive form, emphasizing its small or humble nature.
                 
                
                    G2560 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adverb
                    Sounds like:  ka-KOS
                    Translations:  badly, wrongly, wickedly, ill, severely
                    Notes:  This word is an adverb derived from the adjective 'κακός' (kakos), meaning 'bad'. It describes an action or state that is done in a bad, evil, wrong, or harmful manner. It can also indicate suffering or being in a poor condition. For example, it might be used to say someone acted 'badly' or was 'ill'.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect (adverbial form of ΚΑΚΟΣ)
                    Synonyms:  ΠΟΝΗΡΩΣ, ΑΣΕΒΩΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G2192 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Participle
                    Sounds like:  eh-KHON-tas
                    Translations:  having, holding, possessing, being in a certain state, being able, being
                    Notes:  This word is a present active participle, masculine accusative plural, derived from the verb 'ΕΧΩ' (echo), meaning 'to have' or 'to hold'. It describes an ongoing action of possessing, holding, or being in a certain state. In context, it often functions like an adjective or an adverb, modifying a noun or pronoun and indicating that the subject is 'the ones who have' or 'those who are holding'. For example, 'the men having swords' or 'they, being strong'. It can also convey the idea of being able to do something or simply existing in a particular condition.
                    Inflection:  Present, Active, Participle, Masculine, Accusative, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΚΕΚΤΗΜΕΝΟΥΣ, ΚΑΤΕΧΟΝΤΑΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G4064 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Infinitive Verb
                    Sounds like:  peh-ree-FEH-rain
                    Translations:  to carry about, to bear about, to lead about, to spread
                    Notes:  This is a compound verb formed from the preposition περί (peri), meaning 'around' or 'about,' and the verb φέρω (pherō), meaning 'to carry' or 'to bear.' Therefore, περιφέρειν means 'to carry around' or 'to bear about.' It can also be used metaphorically to mean 'to spread' or 'to circulate,' especially in reference to a name or reputation. It describes the action of moving something or someone from place to place, or the dissemination of information.
                    Inflection:  Present, Active, Infinitive
                    Synonyms:  ΒΑΣΤΑΖΕΙΝ, ΑΓΕΙΝ, ΚΟΜΙΖΕΙΝ
                    
                 
                
                    G0191 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  ee-KOOS-thay
                    Translations:  was heard, it was heard
                    Notes:  This is a verb form indicating that something was heard. It is in the aorist tense, which describes a past action completed at a specific point in time, and in the passive voice, meaning the subject of the verb is the one being acted upon (i.e., it is being heard). It is typically used to describe an event where a sound, message, or prayer was received or perceived.
                    Inflection:  Third Person, Singular, Aorist, Indicative, Passive
                    Synonyms:  ΕΠΑΚΟΥΩ, ΠΡΟΣΕΧΩ
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European *h₂kowh₂- 'to hear'.
                 
                
                    G1525 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  eis-eh-por-YOO-eh-toh
                    Translations:  he was entering, he was going in, he was coming in
                    Notes:  This word is a compound verb formed from 'εἰς' (eis, meaning 'into' or 'to') and 'πορεύομαι' (poreuomai, meaning 'to go' or 'to proceed'). It describes the action of going or coming into a place, often implying a continuous or repeated action in the past. It is used to indicate movement into an enclosed space or a specific location.
                    Inflection:  Imperfect Indicative, Middle/Passive Voice, Third Person Singular
                    Synonyms:  ΕΙΣΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΕΜΒΑΙΝΩ
                    Etymology:  From Ancient Greek εἰς (eis, 'into, to') and πορεύομαι (poreuomai, 'to go, to proceed'). The latter is derived from πόρος (poros, 'a way, a passage').
                 
                
                    G4172 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  POH-lis
                    Translations:  city, a city, town, a town
                    Notes:  The word 'polis' refers to a city or town, a populated center where people live and gather. In ancient contexts, it often implied a self-governing city-state, but in Koine Greek, it frequently refers simply to any significant urban settlement. It is used to denote the physical location and its inhabitants.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Feminine, Nominative or Vocative
                    Synonyms:  ΚΩΜΗ, ΧΩΡΑ
                    Etymology:  From Proto-Indo-European *pleh₁- (to fill) or *pel- (to build, to enclose). It refers to a fortified place or a populated area.
                 
                
                    G3588 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Definite Article
                    Sounds like:  TAH-ees
                    Translations:  to the, for the, the
                    Notes:  This word is the dative plural feminine form of the definite article 'the'. It is used to indicate that the noun it modifies is feminine, plural, and in the dative case, often signifying indirect objects, recipients, or the means by which something is done. It can be translated as 'to the' or 'for the', or simply 'the' depending on the context.
                    Inflection:  Dative, Plural, Feminine
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G0058 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  ah-go-RAIS
                    Translations:  to marketplaces, in marketplaces, at marketplaces, for marketplaces
                    Notes:  This word refers to a public place, typically a marketplace or a public square, where people gathered for various purposes, including commerce, assemblies, and judicial proceedings. It is used here in the dative case, indicating the indirect object or the location where an action takes place.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Dative, Feminine
                    Synonyms:  ΠΛΑΤΕΙΑΙΣ, ΕΜΠΟΡΙΑΙΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G5087 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  eh-TITH-eh-san
                    Translations:  they were putting, they were placing, they were setting, they were laying, they were adding
                    Notes:  This word is the third person plural imperfect active indicative form of the verb ΤΙΘΗΜΙ (tithemi), which means 'to put, place, set, lay'. The imperfect tense indicates continuous or repeated action in the past. Therefore, ΕΤΙΘΕΣΑΝ describes an action that was ongoing or habitually done by 'they' in the past, such as 'they were putting' or 'they used to place'. It can also mean 'they were adding' in certain contexts, as seen in the example usage where it refers to adding to a transgression.
                    Inflection:  Third Person, Plural, Imperfect, Active, Indicative
                    Synonyms:  ΕΤΙΘΟΥΝ, ΕΒΑΛΛΟΝ, ΕΘΗΚΑΝ
                    Etymology:  The verb ΤΙΘΗΜΙ (tithemi) comes from the Proto-Indo-European root *dʰeh₁-, meaning 'to put, place'. It is a common and ancient verb in Greek, with cognates in many other Indo-European languages.
                 
                
                    G0770 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb, Participle
                    Sounds like:  as-theh-NOON-tas
                    Translations:  those who are weak, the weak, those who are sick, the sick, those who are ill, the ill
                    Notes:  This word is a present active participle derived from the verb 'astheneo', meaning 'to be weak, sick, or ill'. In this form, it functions as a substantive, referring to people who are in a state of weakness, sickness, or illness. It describes a continuous or ongoing condition of being weak or infirm.
                    Inflection:  Plural, Accusative, Masculine, Present Active Participle
                    Synonyms:  ΑΡΡΩΣΤΟΣ, ΑΣΘΕΝΗΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G3870 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  par-eh-ka-LOON
                    Translations:  they were calling alongside, they were exhorting, they were comforting, they were appealing to, they were entreating, they were encouraging
                    Notes:  This word is the third person plural imperfect active indicative form of the verb παρακαλέω (parakaleō). It describes an ongoing or repeated action in the past, meaning 'they were calling someone to their side,' 'they were exhorting,' 'they were comforting,' 'they were appealing to,' or 'they were encouraging.' It implies a continuous or habitual action of summoning, urging, or consoling.
                    Inflection:  Third Person, Plural, Imperfect, Active, Indicative
                    Synonyms:  ΠΑΡΑΚΑΛΟΥΝΤΕΣ, ΠΑΡΑΚΑΛΟΥΜΕΝΟΙ, ΠΑΡΑΚΑΛΟΥΣΙΝ
                    Etymology:  The word παρακαλέω is a compound of παρά (para), meaning 'beside' or 'alongside,' and καλέω (kaleō), meaning 'to call.' Thus, its core meaning is 'to call to one's side.'
                 
                
                    G2579 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Conjunction
                    Sounds like:  KAHN
                    Translations:  even if, even though, although, if, when, whenever
                    Notes:  ΚΑΝ is a contraction of the conjunction "καὶ" (and) and the particle "ἄν" (an untranslatable particle indicating possibility or condition). It is used to introduce conditional or concessive clauses, often conveying the sense of "even if" or "even though." It can also be used to express a general condition, meaning "whenever" or "if." It is typically followed by a subjunctive verb.
                    Inflection:  Does not inflect
                    Synonyms:  ΚΑΙ, ΕΑΝ
                    Etymology:  ΚΑΝ is a contraction of the Koine Greek words "καὶ" (and) and "ἄν" (a particle indicating possibility or condition).
                 
                
                    G2899 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  kras-PEH-doo
                    Translations:  of fringe, of border, of tassel, of hem, of a fringe, of a border, of a tassel, of a hem
                    Notes:  This word refers to the fringe, border, or hem of a garment. In ancient Jewish culture, these fringes (tzitzit) were often worn on the corners of outer garments as a reminder of God's commandments, as described in the Old Testament. It can also refer more generally to any edge or border.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΠΕΡΙΒΟΛΗ, ΑΚΡΟΝ, ΟΡΙΟΝ
                    
                 
                
                    G2440 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Noun
                    Sounds like:  hee-MA-tee-oo
                    Translations:  of a garment, of clothing, of a cloak, of a robe, of a coat
                    Notes:  This word refers to a piece of clothing, often an outer garment like a cloak, robe, or coat. It is used in the genitive case, indicating possession or relationship, so it often translates as 'of a garment' or 'belonging to a garment'. It can refer to clothing in general or a specific article of clothing.
                    Inflection:  Singular, Genitive, Neuter
                    Synonyms:  ΕΝΔΥΜΑ, ΧΙΤΩΝ, ΣΤΟΛΗ
                    
                 
                
                    G0809 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Adjective
                    Sounds like:  ap-SOH-tai
                    Translations:  prodigal, wasteful, dissolute, riotous, debauched
                    Notes:  This word describes someone who is wasteful, extravagant, or dissolute in their lifestyle, often implying a lack of self-control and a tendency towards riotous living. It is used to characterize individuals who squander their resources or engage in excessive pleasures.
                    Inflection:  Nominative, Plural, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΑΣΩΤΟΣ
                    
                 
                
                    G3745 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Relative Pronoun, Relative Adjective
                    Sounds like:  OH-soy
                    Translations:  as many as, all who, whoever, how many
                    Notes:  This word functions as a relative pronoun or adjective, meaning 'as many as' or 'all who'. It introduces a relative clause and refers to a quantity or number of people or things. It is used to connect a dependent clause to a main clause, specifying the extent or number of the antecedent.
                    Inflection:  Nominative, Plural, Masculine
                    Synonyms:  ΠΑΣ, ΟΣΤΙΣ
                    Etymology:  From the demonstrative pronoun ὅς (hos, 'this, that') and the suffix -σος (-sos), indicating quantity or degree. It is related to other words indicating quantity or extent.
                 
                
                    G0680 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  HEEP-san-toh
                    Translations:  they touched, they laid hold of, they clung to
                    Notes:  This word is a verb meaning 'to touch', 'to lay hold of', or 'to cling to'. It is often used in the middle voice to indicate an action done to oneself or for one's own benefit, such as 'to touch for oneself' or 'to cling to'. It describes an action that happened in the past, completed at a specific point.
                    Inflection:  3rd Person, Plural, Aorist, Indicative, Middle or Passive Voice
                    
                    
                 
                
                    G4982 
                    Open in Concordance 
                    Part of Speech:  Verb
                    Sounds like:  eh-SOH-zon-toh
                    Translations:  they were being saved, they were being delivered, they were being preserved, they were being made whole
                    Notes:  This word is the imperfect indicative middle/passive form of the verb 'sōzō'. It describes an ongoing action in the past, indicating that a group of people or things were in the process of being saved, delivered, or preserved. It implies a continuous state or repeated action of being rescued or made whole.
                    Inflection:  Imperfect, Indicative, Middle or Passive Voice, Third Person, Plural
                    Synonyms:  ΡΥΟΜΑΙ, ΔΙΑΣΩΖΩ, ΣΩΤΗΡΙΑ
                    Etymology:  The verb 'sōzō' comes from the Greek word 'sōs' (safe, sound). It is related to the concept of safety and well-being.
                   This interlinear database is in beta 
        
        That means it's a preview of what we're still building, and it will contain mistakes. The green text translations were initially generated from Google Gemini 2.5, and are undergoing manual editing and correction over time.
        
        If you're using it for anything important, it is your  responsibility to double-check the accuracy.
        
        You can report errors .